New Nature Themed Getaways at Cap Maison, Saint Lucia

A key travel trend for 2023 is seeing travellers put nature and the environment at the heart of their holiday experience, opting for getaways and activities that let them discover and get closer to nature.

With this in mind, and with summer holidays on the horizon, Cap Maison, the luxury boutique resort and spa in Saint Lucia, has handpicked a series of nature inspired experiences for guests to enjoy, each designed to showcase the island’s stunning natural landscape and exotic wildlife.

Guests at Cap Maison can enjoy an exquisite stay and soak up its serene setting whilst at the same time, discovering Saint Lucia’s natural splendor with its hidden beaches, tropical rainforest, varied marine life, natural mud baths and majestic Pitons.

The handpicked selection of nature inspired experiences include:

Bird Watching with Adam Toussaint

For wildlife lovers there’s no better way to become acquainted with the birds of the island than on a tour guided by the passionate Chief Forest Officer of The Ministry of Agriculture, Adam Toussaint.

The first stop on the east coast of Saint Lucia is focused on catching sight of the much sought-after White-breasted Thrasher. Guests will also have the opportunity to find the Saint Lucia Warbler, the Pewee and possibly and the Saint Lucia Black Finch.  Other specialist birds that can be found in this habitat include the Grey Trembler, the LA Saltator, the Green Throated Carib and the LA Crested hummer.

The next stop on the tour is the beautiful and lush Des Cartier Rainforest trail for the highlight of the day; the opportunity to see the spectacular Saint Lucia Parrot – National Bird of Saint Lucia, and the most colorful parrot of the Amazona parrots.There’s also the potential to catch a glimpse of other Saint Lucian species including the Rufus Throated Solitare, the Grey Trembler, the LA Fly Catcher, the Antillean Euphonia, the Purple Throated Carib, the LA Swift and other rainforest dwelling birds.

Sulphur Spring Mud Baths

Guests can enjoy a relaxing day on a journey exploring the scenic west coast of the island taking in various Saint Lucian landmarks on the way, such as the town of Castries, Canaries, and the iconic Pitons. The excursion will take guests on a magnificent drive through the volcano to reach the Sulpher Springs where they will enjoy a rejuvenating natural mud bath, known for its detoxifying and natural healing properties.

Hiking in the Pitons

Under the supervision of an expert guide, guests hike up to the majestic peak of Gros Piton, towering nearly 3,000 feet above sea level, alongside its twin peak Petit Piton. Dominating the western coast of Saint Lucia, the lush green slopes of these pyramid shaped icons rise from the sapphire blue waters of the Caribbean. The natural beauty of the magnificent Pitons and the stunning views from the top, make for a once in a lifetime experience, which will no doubt remain firmly etched in the memory of guests for years to come.

Snorkeling on the House Reef

The well-situated secluded beach at Cap Maison known locally as “Smugglers Cove” is set within a shallow cove and features its own house reef where guests can enjoy snorkeling and discovering the hidden treasures of the aquatic underwater world and potentially catching a glimpse of a turtle or two along the way.

After a busy day of activities and exploring the many natural wonders of Saint Lucia, guests can relax and unwind at the heavenly retreat of Cap Maison. The resort’s private cliffside location is a tropical hideaway where guests can take pleasure in the surroundings – a verdant amphitheatre with dazzling coastal views.

Cap Maison also boasts two different, yet equally alluring restaurants, The Cliff at Cap and The Naked Fisherman which both combine local produce with innovative techniques with Executive Chief Craig Jones at the helm.

For a natural treatment that restores and revitalises after a long day, the Spa Maison ‘Tranquility’ treatment is a deluxe therapy that includes a massage followed by an exotic body scrub exfoliation using a range of local ingredients such as vanilla and cocoa.

All the activities above can be booked separately (at an additional cost) through Cap Maison’s concierge desk.

Ways to Help You Visualize Your Dream Home


The market for designing and building dream homes is becoming more exciting and complex every day. With endless design possibilities, it is important to find the perfect balance between functionality, aesthetics, and personal preferences. One of the most important aspects of house designs that is often overlooked in the design process is the power of rendering.

The concept of a dream home

The idea is always original, and the desire to create something new is very strong. But what exactly is a dream home, and how can technology help make these aspirations a reality?

Defining a dream home A dream home is a highly personalized vision of the perfect living space, where every detail is meticulously crafted to cater to the unique preferences and lifestyle of the homeowner. From the architectural layout to the interior design, a dream home reflects the individual’s personality and taste, ensuring a sense of belonging and comfort.

Personalizing the design process Personalizing the house design process is the key to achieving a dream home. By involving homeowners in every step of the journey, designers and architects can ensure that the final outcome aligns with their vision. Here, rendering processes play a pivotal role, providing a visual representation of house design ideas through computer-generated images.

The role of technology in modern home design The role of technology in modern home design cannot be overstated. Advanced rendering software has revolutionized the way architects and designers work, enabling them to create highly detailed and accurate computer-generated imagery. By simulating various light sources, textures, and materials, these tools offer a large spectrum of design possibilities and make the rendering process less time-consuming.

The concept of a dream home is a deeply personal endeavour, and leveraging technology through rendering processes can significantly enhance the design experience. By embracing computer-generated images and rendering software, designers and architects can efficiently transform a homeowner’s vision into a tangible, visually stunning reality.

How 3D renderings assist in visualizing a dream home

3D rendering has become an indispensable tool in the world of architecture and interior design. Thanks to renderings, homeowners and designers can visualize their dream home in a very realistic and detailed way.

Detailed, realistic images of the proposed design 3D renderings provide a high level of detail and realism in the images generated, allowing homeowners to get a precise and accurate representation of the proposed design. Global illumination techniques used in rendering images further enhance the realism, creating an immersive visual experience.

Identifying and resolving potential design issues 3D renderings can help identify and resolve potential design issues early in the process. By visualizing the floorplan and spatial relationships in three dimensions, homeowners and designers can spot any inconsistencies or conflicts and address them before construction begins.

3D renderings play a crucial role in visualizing a dream home, offering detailed images, design flexibility, and the ability to identify potential issues. By utilizing 3D house rendering services, homeowners can collaborate with expert house designers to create their perfect living space.

Collaborating with professionals using 3D renderings

One of the primary advantages of using 3D renderings in collaboration with professionals is the ability to create detailed, realistic images that provide a comprehensive representation of the proposed house design. Traditional 2D drawings and floor plans can be difficult to interpret, making it challenging for clients to visualize the final result. In contrast, 3D renderings offer a more immersive experience, enabling clients to see every aspect of the space, including lighting, textures, materials, and spatial relationships.

Another significant benefit of using 3D renderings when working with professionals is the ability to experiment with various house design options. With the flexibility of digital modelling, clients and design professionals can explore different layouts, materials, and colour schemes with ease.

The use of CGI rendering enables architects, interior designers, contractors, and clients to work from a single, unified visual reference, reducing the risk of miscommunication and misunderstandings. This clear and consistent communication ensures that everyone is on the same page throughout the entire house design process, improving efficiency and collaboration.


3D renderings have proven to be an invaluable tool in creating a more efficient and satisfying home design experience. As we continue to advance in the field of CGI and rendering, the possibilities for designing and visualizing dream homes will only continue to grow, further streamlining what was once a time-consuming process and enhancing the satisfaction of both clients and design professionals.

Transforming Luxury Homes in 2023: An Insight into the World of High-End Window & Door Designs

Windows and doors are the elements that catch the most attention from your guest and create a good (or bad) first impression of the house. They not only allow natural light to flood into the living spaces but also serve as a crucial element in defining the architectural style of luxury homes. 

In 2023, the world of high-end window designs is transforming, driven by innovative technologies and evolving aesthetic preferences. 

Today we will delve into the best window and front door replacement options for luxury homes this year, offering a glimpse into the future of opulent living. 

The Evolution of Luxury Window & Door Designs

The style of luxury windows and doors has come a long way. Once merely functional elements, these products have evolved into statement pieces that can significantly enhance a home’s aesthetic appeal. 

In the past decade, we’ve seen a shift towards larger, more expansive windows, allowing for panoramic views and an abundance of natural light as well as glass doors adding aesthetics and style to your entrance.

In 2023, the trend continues to evolve, focusing on blending functionality, technology, and aesthetics. According to a recent report, the global luxury windows market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.8% from 2021 to 2028, reflecting the increasing demand for innovative and luxurious designs. This growth is driven by several factors:

Increasing Demand for Energy Efficiency: Homeowners are increasingly seeking energy-efficient solutions, and windows play a crucial role in this regard.

Rising Interest in Smart Homes: As more homeowners embrace smart home technology, the demand for smart windows is on the rise.

Changing Aesthetic Preferences: Homeowners seek unique, custom designs to make their homes stand out.

Top Window & Door Designs for Luxury Homes in 2023

This year, several designs stand out in the luxury market. They are not just about aesthetics; they also incorporate advanced technology and cater to homeowners’ evolving needs and preferences. Here are the top window & door designs for luxury homes in 2023:

Floor-to-Ceiling Windows: These windows connect seamlessly with the outdoors, offering unobstructed views and ample natural light. They are trendy in homes with scenic surroundings. These windows can transform a room, making it feel more spacious and connected with nature.

Smart Windows: With the rise of smart homes, smart windows are becoming increasingly popular. They can automatically adjust their tint based on the sunlight, enhancing energy efficiency. These windows offer a perfect blend of convenience, comfort, and energy efficiency.

Glass entry doors with sidelights: These units are the definition of natural light and come in unique shapes and designs, adding a distinctive touch to luxury homes. They can be customized to match the architectural style of the house, allowing homeowners to express their style.

How to Choose the Right Windows and Doors for Your Luxury Home

Choosing the right models for your luxury home involves several considerations. It’s not just about picking the most expensive or stylish option; it’s about finding units that meet your specific needs and preferences. Here are some key factors to consider:

Architectural Style: New elements should complement the architectural style of your home. For instance, large glass windows suit modern homes, while traditional homes might look better with classic sash windows. It’s important to maintain a cohesive look throughout your home.

Location: Consider the climate and the views. If your home overlooks a beautiful landscape, floor-to-ceiling windows could be a great choice. Similarly, energy-efficient windows and doors can help keep your home cool in a hot climate.

Personal Preferences: Ultimately, your replacement windows and exterior doors should reflect your personal style. Whether you prefer a minimalist or more elaborate design, ensure new models align with your vision. Remember, your home is a reflection of you, and every detail matters.

Final Say

In 2023, luxury designs are about more than just aesthetics. They represent a blend of innovative technology, sustainability, and personal style. 

As you consider the best windows and doors for your luxury home, remember to look beyond the surface. The right models can transform your home, perfectly balancing luxury and functionality.

After all, in the world of luxury homes, every detail counts. Whether you’re building a new home or renovating an existing one, choosing the right windows can make a world of difference.

The Ultimate Luxury Bridal Party Experience

You’ll want to savour every moment on your special day, from the intricate details on your handcrafted cake topper to the ornate flowers scattered around your venue. In truth, it’s these experiences that create lasting memories. You won’t forget the way the dress felt in the bridal shop, or the tears of joy when you announced your engagement. That’s why every moment leading up to your special day deserves to give you ultimate happiness.

Creating a luxurious bridal experience, for you and your bridal party, is just one way to ensure a seamless day that’s filled with laughter, happiness and joy. According to a wedding planning expert from Foxhills Surrey, a luxury golf club wedding venue, these simple tips will guarantee the ultimate bridal experience, leaving you with beautiful memories you can cherish for years.

Creating a Luxurious Bridal Party Experience

1. Delegate your tasks

No bride is expected to do everything by herself, that’s why it’s a great idea to bring family and friends on board to support. Not only will they relish the opportunity to play a role in your special day, but they’ll likely be able to lend a hand or provide advice. In fact, using a spreadsheet is a great way to do this. Getting organised is an easy way to help keep stress to a minimum when planning your wedding. plot out every key component of your wedding, including costs and task delegations, in one place and share it amongst those supporting you. Give them the autonomy to update it and be responsible for it.

Ensuring certain tasks are delegated also means there’s less on your plate. Having everything documented in a spreadsheet, with a little colour-coded status, means less worry over the tasks that need to be done. Doing so, and being organised, will put your mind at rest. Reducing some of the unnecessary stress is important for you to fully relax prior to your wedding day.

2. Plan a getaway before the big day

It’s no secret that wedding planning is stressful and, without a chance to breathe, it can spoil some of the excitement in the lead-up to the big day. Taking a short holiday before a wedding can be a great way to spend some quality time with your significant other or even your entire wedding party. Whether you choose to go on a beach vacation, a city break, or a nature retreat, a short holiday can give you a chance to disconnect from the stress of wedding planning and reconnect with your loved ones. It can also give you some much-needed perspective and help you prioritise what’s truly important on your big day. Ultimately, taking a short holiday before a wedding can be a wonderful way to create lasting memories and start your marriage off on the right foot.

Or perhaps take some time to get away with your friends to unwind and celebrate the next chapter of your life. Booking a spa weekend is an ideal way to relax and unwind before the big day. Not only can it help you destress and feel calmer, but it can also give you a chance to pamper yourself and indulge in some much-needed self-care. From massages to facials to saunas and hot tubs, a spa weekend can help you look and feel your best for your wedding day. Plus, it can be a fun and relaxing way to spend time with friends or family members who are also part of the wedding party. Overall, a spa weekend before a wedding can be a great way to recharge your batteries and get ready for the big day ahead.

3. Get close to the venue a day or two before

The final days ahead of the big day can feel like a busy time, a fizzy mix of excitement, nerves and ticking off the final tasks on your to do list! To avoid undue stress on the big day many brides opt to stay close to or at their wedding venue the night before. Being set up at or close to your venue takes away the strain of preparation, especially if your venue is a considerable distance from your home.

Why not invite your bridal party to stay the night too? After all, the fewer logistical worries the better.

4. Put everything you need in an obvious place

The morning of your big day can be filled with nerves, which naturally make us a little stressed too. To maintain a calm and cool composure, put everything you need in an obvious place and tell your bridal party where it is. With so many components to consider, losing or misplacing something can feel catastrophic during the moment. That’s why your bridal party and family are your biggest strength, use them to help alleviate your day.

5. Treat yourselves to something delicious before the ceremony

For afternoon weddings, the bridal party can go hours without a bite to eat, which is likely to cause unnecessary tension. Arrange to have breakfast or brunch together to make sure you start your day off right. It’s possible for some venues to deliver to your room, which could come in handy if your wedding starts in the morning. Light breakfasts could include smoked salmon and eggs on toast, or a selection of pastries, as well as a nice coffee or tea to really start the day.

6. Savour the moment

Time is one of the greatest luxuries of all, that’s why eradicating unnecessary stress and filling your day with happiness, joy and laughter is vital to creating your ultimate bridal party experience. Tensions prior to the big day can be easily alleviated through task delegation and planned getaways, meaning you’re wedding day is already set to succeed. Small details, such as the lighting and chair decorations are an exciting part of planning, but they play such a minuscule role overall.

Sustainable Gastronomy Festival in Mauritius Returns with Michelin Green Star Chef

Heritage Resorts in Mauritius is excited to announce the second iteration of its Sustainable Gastronomy Week on the island, in collaboration with the renowned Michelin Green Star Chef Thomas Collomb. Building on the success of last year’s extraordinary culinary creations, the event will take place from July 10 to July 15, 2023. It is set to champion local chef talent alongside the diversity of rich agricultural offerings in Bel Ombre, spotlighting the region as a culinary destination in Mauritius.

This year, under the patronage of Thomas Collomb – head chef at one Michelin star restaurant, La Table d’Hôtes – who has an extensive background in French cuisine and an unmatched talent of blending classic techniques with modern flavours, the hotel aims to craft a unique gourmet experience for guests over the course of the week.

“We are thrilled to have Chef Thomas Collomb on board this year with his flair for exquisite French cuisine and passion for sustainability all perfectly aligned with our goal of highlighting the locality of the produce. It’s also a perfect opportunity for our chefs to hone their skills, experiment with new ingredients, and push the boundaries of what’s possible in sustainable cuisine. Our guests are in for an unforgettable culinary experience!” says Raoul Maurel, COO of Heritage Resorts.

A Unique Opportunity To Experience Sustainable Cuisine

The Sustainable Gastronomy Week will offer a unique gourmet experience for visitors of all ages. Guests can enjoy a variety of events, including:

  • Sustainable Cooking Workshops: Chef Thomas Collomb will conduct workshops for both visitors and chefs from the domain, showcasing local Mauritian cuisine and sustainable cooking techniques.
  • Sustainable Food Tastings: Guests can sample a variety of sustainable dishes created by Heritage Resorts’ chefs.
  • Sustainable Market Tours: Guests can visit local markets to learn about the sustainable production of food in Mauritius.
  • Sustainable Gala Dinners: Held every night throughout the week, guests can attend a truly sustainable gala dinner with wine pairings where only the best of local and seasonal ingredients are used.

*Cooking classes and workshops are free and open to the public (except for the one held by Thomas Collomb which is exclusively for journalists).

*Selling prices for the gala dinners at Infinity Blue, Le Palmier, Château de Bel Ombre, C Beach Club are at Rs 3,900 per person and the 10-hands gala dinner (which is the final dinner) will be at Rs 5,500.

During last year’s edition, Heritage Resorts collaborated with local farmers and fishermen to create a menu that highlighted the unique flavours of the Bel Ombre Territory.

This year, Heritage Resorts is taking the sustainable gastronomic celebration to the next level, where guests can expect to experience the intensity of the island of Mauritius while protecting its integrity. Heritage Resorts believes that luxury is compatible with longevity and is committed to showcasing the best Bel Ombre has to offer in every dish, as well as a creative and innovative approach to sustainability.

Having received a positive reception last year, chefs of each hospitality venue across the Domain will have the opportunity to work on a unique sustainable gala dinner, which will be evaluated by Chef Collomb along with other members of the jury. This friendly competition will see the winner join the Chef in his restaurant in France for a week-long immersive workshop. In 2022, Chef Krisnen Ruttun, of C Beach Club, won the top prize and spent one week working in Lyon with renowned Michelin Star Chef Christian Tetedoie.

Heritage Resorts and their culinary partners are dedicated to eliminating food waste, providing eco-friendly and short-circuit food solutions, cultivating culinary connections with local food producers, and helping to the development of the surrounding communities. The chefs will produce innovative new culinary creations that emphasise the wealth of locally captured, grown, and reared ingredients by using local resources gathered from the island’s farmers, fishermen, and growers.

This event highlights Heritage Resorts’ commitment to sustainable practices through its sustainable program, Now for Tomorrow.

Located on the southern coast of Mauritius, the Bel Ombre territory is a land of natural beauty, rich in cultural and culinary heritage. With its fertile soil and bountiful sea, the region is home to a variety of fresh, flavourful ingredients that inspire the local cuisine.

Keen to embark on a tantalising gastronomic adventure that will expand your culinary horizons? Heritage Resorts welcomes travellers to enjoy a truly refined tropical luxury on the alluring island of Mauritius staying at one of their charming beachfront hotels, Heritage Le Telfair or Heritage Awali.

Heritage Le Telfair – This five-star plantation style all-suites hotel provides luxury accommodation for couples and families, whilst delivering a high level of personal service. A “Small Luxury Hotel of the World,” the hotel is also popular with golfers, who get complimentary access to the Heritage Golf Course, and those seeking wellness experiences. Rates start from £215 /night, for 2 adults and 2 children up to 11 years old sharing a Deluxe Suite on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Heritage Awali – This five-star all-inclusive hotel is a relaxed and family-friendly hotel with 3 pools to enjoy (including an adult only pool). Guests also have access to Heritage Golf Club and its championship 18-hole golf course. Rates start from £399/night for 2 adults and children sharing a Deluxe Sea View Room on an all-inclusive basis. 

For more information visit HERE

How to Implement Contemporary Interior Design in Your Home

What is Contemporary Interior Design Style?

Contemporary design contains many of the same aspects of Minimalism. Sleek aesthetics and function-forward design are emphasised in this style, as well as clean and uncluttered spaces. Contemporary, despite its name, offers a timeless appeal that endures and promises to stay relevant in years to come.

Emerging in the late 20th century and continuing to evolve with the latest trends, Contemporary design embraces simplicity, clean lines, emerging technology and harmonious balance between form and function. Drawing inspiration from Modernism and Minimalism, this style creates spaces that exude elegance, sophistication and practicality.

If you’re looking to add some contemporary elements to your home, or completely renovate your house to fit this style, then continue reading for more inspiration.


When it comes to furnishing your property in Contemporary style, the golden rule applies; less is more. Sleek and streamlined furniture with clean silhouettes are favoured here, particularly items made in leather, metal and treated wood. The lack of embellishments and simple touches of ornamentation bring a luxurious feel to the space.

You can benefit from adding functional storage spaces that help to maintain the clutter-free aesthetic that makes this look so popular and create an uncluttered ambience that fosters a sense of tranquility and serenity.


Similarly to Minimalist interiors, you’ll find a neutral colour palette at play here. Clean whites, soft greys and nudes all work exceptionally well in these spaces. Separating itself from Minimalism, however, Contemporary offers a space for more artistic flair. Introduce pops of colour through artwork or accent pieces to portray your personality throughout your home.

If you’re a fan of abstract art, Contemporary spaces provide a perfect place for its display. Other ways to add a little element of fun to this design are feature walls or conservative wall hangings.


Keeping in theme with the style, when considering the flooring for your Contemporary design you should look for surfaces that reflect the overall clean and sophisticated aesthetic. Solid wood or laminate flooring can work well in both light or dark finishes.

If your property already has a Contemporary build, then you can use area rugs to define the different areas of your house. Rugs also help to add a layer of warmth and texture to the floor while still retaining the light feel.

Will Contemporary Design Go Out Of Style?

This interior trend will likely always stay trendy, as it moves forward with the times. Classic, neutral backdrops have been featured since the start of the Postmodern trend and the lack of ornamentation leaves little to actually go out of style.

Since this design is function-led, it offers the space to add new technology and smart home features without encroaching on the design, unlike other interior trends that are rooted in more traditional themes.

Contemporary design is, as its name suggests, contemporary so there is likely to be some evolution of this style as time progresses. The main features of the home, however, are intentionally ordinary and focus on a timeless quality. This has ensured that this kind of décor has maintained its relevance over the years and promises that it will continue long into the future.

Planning a Vacation to the United States: Everything You Need to Know

For those planning a trip to the United States in the near future, it can be challenging to know how to decide where to go. At over 3 million square feet in size, the U.S. is one of the largest countries in the world with varying landscapes and a mixing pot of cultures. This means that there’s something for everyone, but if you don’t plan properly you may be missing something you never knew was there.

How Many Tourists Visit the U.S. Yearly?

Visiting the United States is a highly popular choice for tourists, with an average of over 70 million international visitors in the last decade exploring various popular states; however, due to the country’s vast size, it often requires multiple trips to fully experience the diverse beauty it has to offer.

How Expensive is a Vacation to the U.S.?

In recent years, the average cost of vacations has significantly increased, especially for international travel, making planning a visit to the United States considerably more expensive, with single-person international vacations averaging over $2,000 for a week and family vacations potentially exceeding $10,000.

Budgeting for Vacation 101: How to Save Up Money

Regardless of if you are traveling to the United States or some other destination, saving up money for your trip is a crucial necessity. Here are four major tips to save up:

Create a dedicated travel savings account

Avid travellers should establish a dedicated savings account and consistently deposit funds into it each month to gradually grow a travel fund that can eventually cover the expenses of a complete vacation.

Use credit card reward points wherever possible

To save money on vacations, consider using credit card rewards points instead of personal funds by taking advantage of partnerships between credit card companies and airlines, and hotels.

Book activities ahead of time

To save money for travel, book activities well in advance through third-party sites that frequently offer discounts.

Travel during the off-season

Opting to travel during the off-season in the U.S., when tourist numbers are low, can lead to significant cost savings, such as enjoying reduced prices in popular ski cities during the summer months.

5 Destinations to Visit in the United States

With a budget built out for your travels, it’s time to actually decide where you wish to travel to for your vacation. Here are five must-visit locations:

New York City, New York

The Big Apple is one of the most famous cities in the world for a reason, with notorious landmarks such as the Statue of Liberty, Ellis Island, the Brooklyn Bridge, and Central Park. However, lesser known activities such as taking a culinary tour of the city or visiting the 9/11 memorial also make visiting this city more than worth it.

Disneyland, California

Known as the happiest place on Earth, Disneyland offers zany characters, amazing amusement park rides, and excellent food. On top of this, the famed city of Los Angeles is only around an hour north which means anyone can find something to do that they love in the area.

Miami Beach, Miami

For those looking for a more relaxed vacation, taking a trip out to Miami Beach can be a fantastic choice. Basking in the sun for the entirety of your vacation may quickly get old, however, but rest assured knowing there is amazing nightlife right on the beach as well.

Napa Valley, California

For wine lovers, taking a trip to Napa Valley in Northern California is an absolute must. The gorgeous vineyards and tasting rooms make for amazing locations to simply spend an afternoon or an entire vacation.

Zion National Park, Utah

All lovers of the outdoors should consider taking a trip to the famous Zion National Park in Utah. Stunning hikes such as Angel’s Landing have popularized the park globally, but there are so many more amazing sights to behold in this vast park.

The Bottom Line

A U.S. vacation is one of the best choices for international travellers looking to see new sights around the world. However, going into a U.S. trip with no real plan on what you would like to see or where you would like to go is a recipe for disaster considering the size of the country. Instead, use the above tips to build out your international travel budget so that you can visit one of the top destinations outlined on the above list.

The Top 8 Most Luxurious Beach Hotels in the World

In order to take a break from life’s monotonous challenges, people tend to seek a rich experience, an experience that is only fit for royalty. Humankind has never lived this kind of life, but they have pursued these experiences to taste a prosperous life. So humans created the service industry, inns, motels, restaurants, pools, and immediately afterward, hotels. The person who goes after his or her dreams, rejoice. As these luxurious beach hotels will grant you your dreams. For the non-royalty travellers who desire the unimaginable, a team of experts at Istanbul Property has created a list of the top 8 most luxurious beach hotels in the world.

Amanyara, Turks & Caicos

Amanyara is a luxury beach resort that is located on Providenciales, the most popular island in Turks & Caicos. The hotel is situated on a secluded stretch of white-sand beach, with more than 100 rooms and suites, including 24 villas. The villas range in size from two to six bedrooms, and they all feature private pools and terraces. The resort also has a number of amenities, including a world-class spa, a fitness center, several restaurants, and a variety of bars and lounges.

North Island, Seychelles

A 5-star resort in Seychelles that was built in 2004 with a reported cost of $150 million, is situated on a private island, and it is surrounded by crystal-clear waters, offering a remarkable experience for couples and families alike. The setting and natural beauty of Seychelles has inspired the island conservation practices and philosophies, and has also influenced the design of the guest spaces.

Four Seasons Resort Maui at Wailea, Hawaii

One of Hawaii’s apple of eye Four Seasons Resort is located on an island called Maui. The resorts is a part of the most beautiful beaches in the world, Wailea Beach. Four Seasons Resort Maui at Wailea has 383 rooms and suites, all of which are spacious and luxurious. The rooms feature private balconies or terraces with ocean views.

Las Ventanas Al Paraiso, Mexico

Las Ventanas al Paraíso, a Rosewood Resort is a luxury resort situated in Los Cabos, Mexico. It is located on a cliff overlooking the Sea of Cortez and offers stunning views of the coastline. The resort has 190 guest rooms and suites, as well as a variety of amenities, including a spa, fitness center, multiple restaurants, and a golf course. Las Ventanas al Paraíso is known for its excellent service and attention to detail. It has been awarded numerous accolades, including being named one of the top resorts in the world by Travel + Leisure magazine.

Rixos Premium, Belek, Antalya

Rixos Premium Belek is a 5-star resort known for its lavish accommodations and extensive amenities. It has a total of 671 rooms and suites, all of which are equipped with modern amenities such as flat-screen TVs, air conditioning, and minibars. The resort also features seven restaurants, a private beach, a spa, and a kids club.It is situated on a sprawling property along the Mediterranean coastline and offers a range of facilities to ensure a memorable stay for its guests. Rixos Premium Belek offers you and your loved ones not only a luxurious holiday but also a unique holiday culture and extraordinary rituals with its stunning blue sea, fascinating nature, beach, chefs and flavors that create a gastronomic culture, sparkling entertainment, game culture that turns learning into discovery, and sports culture that turns movement into motivation.

D Maris Bay, Muğla

D Maris Bay is a 5-star resort famous for its picturesque location and upscale amenities. It is situated on a hillside overlooking the stunning Aegean Sea, offering panoramic views and a serene atmosphere. D Maris Bay, a 150-room paradise spread over 200 thousand square meters, continues to welcome thousands of people every year. From the elegantly designed accommodations to the gourmet dining options and rejuvenating spa experiences, D Maris Bay invites you to embrace a world of luxury and serenity along the mesmerizing Turkish coastline.

Soneva Fushi – Maldives

A luxury resort located in the Baa Atoll of the Maldives, Soneva Fushi is a private island resort that is committed to sustainability and environmental conservation. The resort is home to a variety of villas, ranging from beach villas to overwater villas. Soneva Fushi also offers a variety of activities and amenities, including swimming pools, restaurants, bars, a spa, and a kids club. Soneva Fushi offers 60 villas and These accommodations are beautifully crafted, featuring rustic-chic designs, open-air living spaces, private pools, and direct beach access, allowing guests to enjoy the ultimate tropical escape. This luxury resort promises an enchanting escape where guests can reconnect with the nature in this Maldivian paradise.

Atlantis the Palm, Dubai

Atlantis, The Palm is a 5-star hotel that offers a dream-like experience for its guests. It is known for its iconic architecture and its stunning location at the apex of the Palm Jumeirah, a man-made island shaped like a palm tree. The resort’s impressive architecture spans over 46 hectares, offering 1,500 guest rooms, 11 swimming pools, including one that is the largest infinity pool in the Middle East, numerous restaurants, including a Michelin-starred one, and an aquarium that hosts 65,000 marine animals.

The Best Refit Shipyards the World’s Most Affluent Superyacht Owners Trust

Owning a luxury yacht provides the ultimate luxury lifestyle status, enabling you to travel wherever, whenever, in style. However, to keep your yacht in tip-top condition, regular maintenance is required, as well as refits.

Whether you are planning a major refit or just want to upgrade the interior decor, you will need to work with a reputable refit shipyard with demonstrable experience working on some of the world’s finest superyachts. The best refit shipyards will boast the latest marine technology and ensure the work is carried out to the highest standards and within the agreed time frame, helping to minimize your yacht’s downtime.

Many of the world’s leading luxury yacht builders offer dedicated refit services, while other shipyards are wholly dedicated to maintenance and refits.

Here we explore some of the world’s most established refit yards that superyacht owners trust when it is time to carry out a refit.

The best refit shipyards

1. MB92

MB92 is a superyacht refit specialist in Barcelona, Spain. The shipyard boasts two sites, each equipped with the latest shipyard facilities and technology, supported by a trusted network of suppliers. The shipyard offers a turnkey refit service specifically for superyachts, from the preparation stages to the final delivery and beyond. MB92’s dedication to innovation and improvement enables the refit specialists to continually take on bigger and ever more complex projects with the highest degree of expertise and professionalism, including working with complex electric integrated power systems. Additionally, MB92 focuses on practical refits that will help futureproof the vessel, especially for owners seeking sustainable solutions.

2. Nautech Group

Nautech Group is one of the world’s best-known high-end yacht refit and repair shipyards. The yard boasts more than 25 years of expertise, with dedicated facilities along the French Riviera in La Ciotat, La Seyne-sur-Mer, Toulon Harbour, and Bordeaux. The Nautech Group also has facilities in the Caribbean. The refit shipyard is known for its ability to handle highly complex, made-to-measure superyacht refits, especially those with tight deadlines and highly controlled budgets, and has conducted refits on some of the world’s finest superyachts.

3. Lusben

Lusben is a refit and repair shipyard with a history dating back to 1956. The company is based in Italy, with facilities in Viareggio, Livorno, and Varazze, and is known for its ability to breathe new life into an owner’s yacht by offering customized solutions that meet every owner’s unique needs. All work is carried out in state-of-the-art facilities by highly qualified specialists who are experts in their field, ensuring the highest levels of quality and guaranteeing the very best results. The shipyard regularly performs major mechanical, structural, and internal refit work on some of the world’s most luxurious yachts.

4. Astilleros de Mallorca

Our last best refit shipyard is Astilleros de Mallorca. With decades of expertise, Astilleros de Mallorca is one of the best-known Spanish shipyards based in the Balearic Islands. The shipyard was established in 1942 and now offers a full range of in-house services for luxury superyachts coupled with the latest marine technology. Astilleros de Mallorca boasts superb facilities across four sites, including multiple berths for yachts up to 160-meters and a dry area. The refit shipyard prides itself on its transparency and flexibility, ensuring exceptional service. The shipyard offers a custom service from concept to delivery, with a team of project managers and technical supervisors assigned to every refit project.

5. Derektor Shipyard

With more than 76 years of experience, Derektor Shipyards is considered an industry leader, both in superyacht construction and refit. The US-based family business has built and worked on some of the world’s most notable vessels, from mega yachts to America’s Cup winners. The shipyard boasts four state-of-the-art facilities, one in New York, two in Florida, and a further one in Maine. Derektor’s Dania Beach, Florida shipyard is South Florida’s most complete large yacht-repair facility that offers unrivaled results for expert repair and complete refits. The shipyard prides itself on its rich heritage and its full-service facilities that enable it to manage some of the most challenging refits with the utmost precision.

Wellness Tourism: The Industry Benefitting the Mind and Body

Did you know the global wellness tourism market was valued at $814 billion dollars in 2022 and is expected to keep growing? 

Everyone enjoys a little rest, relaxation, and a break from the daily grind, and any holiday that improves either your physical or mental health – or both – can be described as wellness holiday. Yet organising a holiday specifically around wellness is something completely different and is a massive industry itself. 

The global wellness tourism market was valued at $814.6 billion (£653 billion) in 2022 and accounts for a significant slice of the overall global wellness economy which was worth an estimated $4.4 trillion (£3.5 trillion) in 2020 as the world emerged from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

With wellness tourism expected to grow by 20.9% each year until 2025, it is clear that more of us than ever before are placing wellness at the top of our travel agendas.

What does a wellness holiday mean? 

A wellness holiday refers to tourism activities based on improving and enhancing a person’s mind, body, and spiritual wellbeing. Destination spas or hotels and wellness retreats offer a wide variety of tailor-made programmes and lifestyle-improving packages centred around wellbeing. 

Think hotels with luxury spa facilities, lavish thermal baths, hot springs resorts, luxurious pools and state-of-the-art gyms. Combine those with yoga, Pilates, meditation, sport, exercise, and healthy nutrition, and you have a glimpse of what a typical wellness holiday could look like. 

The largest wellness tourism markets are in Europe and North America, with almost 300 million wellness holidays taking place every year before the COVID-19 pandemic. With these numbers set to rise, let’s explore the features that make wellness tourism such a colossal industry. 

Wellness travel for the mind 

If travel broadens the mind, it can also benefit mental health and spiritual wellbeing. Meditation retreats that support self-development, observation, and awareness are popular destinations and often feature exercises like yoga and Pilates which improve both physical and mental wellbeing. 

People also seek out Ashrams for spiritual and religious contemplation, often as part of a pilgrimage, or martial arts centres where mindfulness and metal focus are key components. Some of the best UK destinations provide services for refreshing the mind through thermal experiences, outdoor relaxation, and rejuvenating therapies. 

Wellness travel for the body 

A revitalised body means a revitalised mind. Travel breaks that combine physical activity with relaxation therapies tick multiple boxes. Many destinations feature health clubs and modern gyms alongside personal training facilities and a range of exercise classes from running clubs to Zumba. Some hotels and spas boast a dedicated group cycling studio incorporating music, lighting, and giant screens around a nightclub theme. 

If swimming, tennis, golf, running, or tai chi is your thing, a destination that focusses on body and fitness wellbeing is certain to exist, whatever kind of active leisure pursuit or therapeutic treatment you need. 

Wellness travel for the family 

Wellness travel is not just for personal physical and mental wellbeing, it can deliver the same benefits for the whole family. That’s why many spas and wellness centres cater for all age groups – from swimming and workouts to relaxing spa treatments and fun clubs, there is plenty to do for both adults and children alike. 

A family wellness break also means each member can indulge in their favourite leisure or relaxation activity while also spending precious time in the company of loved ones, and all in one luxurious location. 

Inspiring Tennis Holidays at Pine Cliffs Resort, Algarve as Tennis Gains Popularity

As the country looks forward to another tennis Championships at Wimbledon this summer (3rd-16th July) it emerges that tennis as a sport has never been more popular. The latest Active Lives survey from Sport England shows a big rise in adult tennis participation in England and the highest figure recorded for tennis since the survey began with 915,000 adults now playing tennis regularly.

Providing to this new tennis enthusiasts is Pine Cliffs, A Luxury Collection Resort in the Algarve, who have their own tennis academy and facilities led by the former British No1 player and TV sports presenter and commentator Annabel Croft.

For those looking to improve their skills over the course of a holiday, the Annabel Croft Tennis Academy offers tennis camps over five days with 10 hours of coaching focusing on different skills each day, or weekend courses. Or for those that want to play a casual game players can simply rent a court and play with friends and family.

The resort is perfect for families – earning it an award for ‘The Best Family Resort’ in Europe by the World Luxury Hotel Awards. The resort offers an extensive selection of activities for the whole family to do including the Porto Pirata Children’s club with life size pirate ships, MIMO Algarve – a cooking school with family classes.

Pine Cliffs’ tennis facilities include five floodlit courts – two clay courts, three hard courts and a padel tennis court, which can be booked by the hour or as a block for the week by contacting the academy directly.

Tennis Camps

Includes 10 hours of coaching over 5 days:

Junior Tennis Camp (4-13 yrs) and Teenage Tennis Camp (13-17 yrs) – €295.00 pc

Adult Tennis Holiday- €365 pp

See link for more details

Private lessons can also be booked for €75 /hour or shared lessons from €45 /hour per person

For adults there is pretty 9-hole golf course and Serenity Spa- The Art of Wellbeing- with a myriad of treatments and its indoor Thermal Oasis with a herbal sauna, hydrotherapy pool, jacuzzi, steam room and a salt sauna.

The resort offers hotel accommodation as well as luxury suites, apartments, and private villas, for self-catering. There are 8 swimming pools at the resort, as well as 11 restaurants and bars, which offer a wide variety of cuisines and dishes to cater to every taste.

Two adults can stay at Pine Cliffs Hotel in June 2023 from €385 per night including breakfast. A family of four can stay in a Two-Bedroom Pine Cliffs Gardens suite in June 2023 from €515 per night.

To book, visit or call +351 289 500 100. For Annabel Sports Academy bookings, please contact: [email protected]

For more information visit:

Creating a Luxurious Home with Sustainability In Mind

As more and more people become aware of the impact they have on the environment, sustainable living is gaining in popularity. This trend is seen in many aspects of life, including the world of home styling. It is possible to create a luxurious home while still being mindful of the environment.

Luxury home styling often focuses on high-end materials and finishes. However, there are many ways to achieve a luxurious look while still being environmentally conscious. One approach is to choose materials that are eco-friendly and sustainable, such as reclaimed wood, bamboo, and recycled glass. These materials can give your home a unique and stylish look while also being kind to the environment.

Another way to incorporate sustainability into home styling is by using energy-efficient appliances and lighting. Not only do these choices help reduce your carbon footprint, but they can also save you money on your energy bills in the long run. By choosing appliances with a high energy rating, you can reduce your energy consumption without sacrificing luxury.

In terms of décor, opting for vintage or second-hand pieces can add a unique touch to your home while also being environmentally friendly. Additionally, using natural materials such as cotton, linen, and wool can further enhance the sustainable aspect of your home styling. These materials are not only eco-friendly but also add a touch of warmth and comfort to your home.

Furthermore, incorporating green plants into your home décor can create a fresh and natural ambiance. Not only do plants help purify the air, but they also add a touch of greenery and life to your space. This can be a great way to incorporate sustainability into your home styling while also improving the air quality in your home.

Investing in high-quality, long-lasting pieces is another way to make your home styling more sustainable. Rather than buying cheap, disposable items that will need to be replaced frequently, investing in well-made, timeless pieces can help reduce waste and ensure that your home stays stylish for years to come. This is an excellent way to reduce your carbon footprint while also creating a space that is both beautiful and functional.

Finally, it’s important to remember that sustainable home styling isn’t just about the materials and decor choices you make. It’s also about being mindful of your energy consumption, reducing waste, and making responsible choices when it comes to cleaning and maintaining your home.

One option to reduce waste during a home renovation or decluttering project is to use skip hire services. By choosing a reputable skip hire company that recycles and disposes of waste responsibly, you can ensure that your home improvement project is both stylish and environmentally conscious. This is an excellent way to reduce your carbon footprint while also ensuring that your home renovation project is as sustainable as possible.

In conclusion, luxury and sustainable home styling are not mutually exclusive. By making conscious choices about materials, finishes, and décor, you can achieve a stunning and environmentally friendly home that you can be proud of. So why not start today by incorporating some of these sustainable home styling tips into your own space? By doing so, you can create a space that is not only stylish but also kind to the environment.

10 Easy Ways to Make Your House Look Fantastic and Luxurious

They say that home is where the heart is, and indeed, what better way to invest in your happiness than by creating a welcoming living space that you can feel proud of? Making your house look luxurious doesn’t have to be daunting or costly, especially if you’re creative.

From decluttering to incorporating statement pieces, stylish lighting fixtures, and natural elements, small changes can go a long way in transforming your home’s appearance.

Why Make Your House Look More Luxurious

It’s easy to understand why someone would put effort into making their house look more luxurious. Not only can it boost your property’s resale value, but it also creates an inviting space that promotes relaxation and comfort. An appealing home can reduce stress and anxiety.

You don’t need expensive home upgrades or a complete remodel to achieve this. By simply incorporating tasteful décor and keeping your space organized and well-maintained, you can create an attractive living space that gives off an air of luxury and sophistication.

10 Ways to Make Your House Luxurious and Fabulous

There are plenty of incredible ways to make your home look that much more luxurious and fabulous, and you can do that all with as little money or as much money as you need.

1. Take advantage of Loans and Programs

If you’re interested in going all out, consider getting a loan or signing up for a few programs that can help your money go further. For example, If you’re investing in a new home, make sure to consider the Federal First-Time Home Buyer Program, which provides financial support.

2. Declutter Your Space

The first thing you should do before you start decorating is declutter your home. It’s amazing how much better a space can look when it’s free of unnecessary items. Not only that, but decluttered spaces simply look more luxurious, as minimalism shows off the bones of your home.

3. Create a Welcoming Entrance

Spruce up your entryway with a stylish doormat, plants, and tasteful lighting. This sets a great first impression for visitors. If you’re fortunate enough to have a large entryway with a gigantic staircase, consider installing a large chandelier that dips down toward your front door.

4. Use Mirrors Strategically

To create the illusion of more space and reflect light, place mirrors in strategic spots around your home. As a rule, you should place mirrors in front of windows with a lot of natural light. These mirrors can be hung on your wall using hooks, or you could lean them against the wall.

5. Incorporate Statement Pieces

Opt for one or two stunning pieces in each room, such as luxurious artwork or an attention-grabbing piece of furniture. You should either build your home decor around that statement piece, or you should make that piece the odd one out to make it pop.

6. Dress Up Your Windows

Consider upgrading to elegant window treatments like high-quality curtains or wooden shutters for added sophistication and to fit with your home’s overall aesthetic. Remember that if you’re also using mirrors, use see-through curtains or keep blackout treatments off to the side.

7. Upgrade Your Lighting Fixtures

Swap out dull and outdated fixtures for eye-catching chandeliers or pendant lights that exude luxury. However, keep a firm hand when using large lighting fixtures or unique lamps and pieces. The room has to be large enough to fit such extravagant pieces, or they may look tacky.

8. Incorporate Natural Elements

Integrate natural materials such as wood, stone, or greenery into the design scheme to add texture and warmth, making spaces feel polished yet inviting. If you don’t have the time to take care of real plants, look into purchasing life-like replicas, especially for your bathrooms.

9. Choose Quality Over Quantity

Opt for fewer but higher quality furnishings rather than filling rooms with lots of bargain items, as that creates an overall atmosphere of luxury. For example, a single painting used for your wall decor can create a bigger statement than multiple different paintings cluttering a room.

10. Mix Metallic Accents

Carefully pair golds, silvers, and coppers together. When balanced well, metallic accents can add an air of opulence without appearing excessive. If you decide to install marble countertops, consider adding a strip of gold through it. This can really lift an already luxurious piece.

In Conclusion…

There’s something to be said about enjoying your living space in a way that promotes comfort, relaxation, and aesthetic appeal.

Best Premium Meat & Sushi Fine Dining – Lisbon

Based in Lisbon, Portugal, Café In is an exclusive restaurant situated alongside the Tagus River, offering the brand-new concept of SUSHI&MEAT. This combination consists of premium sushi and aged meat, including the famous and delectable highest standard Japanese Wagyu beef. The restaurant has recently been renovated and now offers signature cocktails on its gorgeous new terrace and at its exclusive Versace table.

Café In celebrated its 25th anniversary in 2021 as much more than just another fancy restaurant. Thanks in no small part to the adventurous nature of its new owners, it has become a gastronomic experience. The changes are immediately apparent in the menu, which combines flavours of contemporary Japanese cuisine with aged meats to produce a premium experience for customers.

The emblematic space Café In occupies is situated by the Tagus River and has been working hard to satisfy its many eager customers with more terraces to sit at, a new space focused on the special sushi and aged meat, and even a new and very exclusive special table. This is the Versace table and is only available by reservation. It is located in the new SUSHI&MEAT space, has Versace branded crockery, and boasts an exclusive, differentiated drinks service crying out exclusivity. The newly renovated terraces have gained a lounge area with beds and an exclusive sell by the bottle service. Here customers can enjoy a cocktail by the river, whilst watching the sun set.

The restaurant has been reinvented and reinvigorated following on from the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic. Although it has held on to the traditional seafood and fish it has always been known for, now it has made deep transformations and created spaces that introduce the element of glamour. All of its tables are marble now, with velvet chairs and big, comfortable sofas. Café In has introduced a drinks menu offering premium cocktails and wines to its customers. It also has a new dinner and party area featuring a permanent DJ, and the draw of experiencing the beautiful setting sun whilst enjoying the food, drinks and ambience. The Fish and Seafood area is an exquisite space, with room for 120 people and a terrace of 100 seats, where you can find fish of the day and delicious seafood.

The restaurant aims to always achieve excellence by ensuring only the best food and beverages are served. All of its meat and fish is purchased from certified suppliers, and its celebrated aged beef comes directly from Japan; the highest standard Wagyu A5 beef. High grade Wagyu beef is rare and exclusive, and has a premium expense associated with the costs of raising Wagyu cattle. It is often hailed as the best beef in the world because of its melt-in-the-mouth texture and unique, exceptional umami flavour. Café In’s premium quality tuna comes from suppliers that preserve it in dry ice chambers. In addition to this precaution, all its raw food materials are strictly kept in the restaurant at appropriate temperatures. Fresh fish is also supplied and received daily, keeping everything of the freshest and highest standards throughout. Sushi&Meat, in the newly renovated space, provides new furniture, a new terrace, a sushi counter and, of course, dishes of the utmost excellence.

Another unusual and unique experience Café In offers its customers is what it terms ‘Coffee in Boat.’ This is a party on board a sailing catamaran, for the utmost elegance on the slow-flowing waters of the river Tagus. The experience is overseen by an experienced captain, who will ensure every luxury is taken care of. In the restaurant arena, new concepts are a regular occurrence. New chefs appear every day, and new spaces open up all the time.

It is important for Café In to stay ahead of the curve, to continue innovating, creating and constantly reviewing its menu. Every month it launches a different dish and dessert, so it is always providing choices, and able to offer new experiences especially to clientele who visit several times. There will always be something new for them to try, they are assured of that. Café In is a restaurant of choice for its clients and is happy to have been featured in some very interesting articles and reviews in the Portuguese press.

The restaurant appreciates its dedicated staff and is happy to provide the space for them to learn and grow. This means they are at ease when dealing with any customer service issues. A very important concern to Café In, who realise the margin for errors in the exclusive space it operates is very small. Its goal is to continue growing its customer base and promote itself as a venue for exclusive parties.

Last year it held parties for the Capital group, television station TV19, Louis Vuitton, Lux magazine, Huawei, and L’Oréal Internacional, amongst others. This year it would like to welcome back previous attendees, but also open up its services for new groups to both experience and benefit. Its intention is also to bolster its digital growth with daily posts and weekly promotional videos.

Whether it’s seated at the exclusive table honouring a certain, very well-known Italian brand, or relaxing on one of the divine terrace beds or sofas, Café In is bound to be a delight for all the senses. And now it has been awarded Best Premium Meat & Sushi Fine Dining – Lisbon. This is a laudable decoration for the daring gastronomic centre of contemporary Japanese cuisine – with the added specialty of aged meat! Congratulations to Café In, and long may it continue to prosper.

For business enquiries, contact António Sousa from Lisboa Sobre o Tejo Lda on their website –

Eat Your Way Around the Algarve This Summer

In a major new survey carried out by American Express on Global Travel Trends 81% of participants said that trying the local cuisine is the part of travel they look forward to the most and 75% are most interested in eating at local restaurants when travelling. With that in mind the Algarve Tourist Board has compiled a list of the best places to try the various culinary specialities of the region.

The Algarve is a food lover’s paradise, boasting a rich culinary heritage influenced by its long Atlantic coastline, Moorish ancestry and sunny climate that have created a healthy Mediterranean diet of outstanding fish, shellfish, fruits and vegetables. Fresh daily catches feature on most menus and often include cockles, clams, oysters, squid, seabass, seabream, mackerel, or sardines.

For those looking for fine dining the Algarve boasts the most Michelin Star restaurants in the whole of Portugal – eight in total. And a couple of them – Ocean at Vila Parc Resort and Vila Joya each have two Michelin Stars.

For visitors wanting an authentic and local experience here is a list of where best to eat some of the region’s specialities. Prepare yourself for a tantalising journey as you eat your way around the Algarve.


The signature dish of the Algarve takes its name from the traditional copper pot it’s cooked in. The clamshell-shaped dish helps seal the flavours and aromas of the fresh seafood, fragrant herbs, tomatoes, onions, and garlic. To try this true taste of the Algarve, go to O Patio located in Carvoeiro who have been perfecting the art of preparing the dish for the last 59 years.


Embark on a short boat ride to Estaminé, a secret treasure of a restaurant with 360° views over the Ria Formosa and the Atlantic Ocean that only locals know about. It is nestled on a picturesque, deserted island just off the coast of Faro. The restaurant prides itself on its commitment to sustainability, utilizing solar energy to power the entire infrastructure and their very own drinking water production plant.


This charming traditional restaurant Tertulia Algarvia is located in the cobbled old town of Faro, and they have a selection of dishes showing the diversity of octopus. Creations include octopus tentacles with sweet potatoes and sauteed greens and octopus Cataplana with sweet potato and cockles, a twist on the classic Algarvian dish.

Fresh Fish

In the breath-taking surroundings of Ria Formosa Natural Park, located right on the beach at Praia do Ancão, is 2 Passos—a culinary establishment of more than 30 years and a Michelin-recommended restaurant. 2 Passos has become the ultimate place for the freshest fish such as seabass, cod and mackerel in a nature inspired setting.


Algarve sardines are a culinary treasure and should not be missed. To celebrate their unique flavour and delicate texture the sardines are typically grilled with no additional flavours and served with ‘montaneira’- a salad of tomato, cucumber, onion, roasted green & red pepper with oregano, and bread. À-do-João on Farol Island, just off the coast of Faro, is worth the short boat trip to get there for the best sardines in the Algarve.

Chicken Piri Piri

This iconic dish is a must try when visiting the Algarve. Succulent chicken marinated in spicy piri piri sauce, made from a blend of chili peppers, garlic, herbs, and citrus. Grilled on hot charcoal until the skin turns crisp enhancing the flavours of the sauce blend. The Ramires restaurant is a chicken piri piri institution in Guia  and is the place to go for the original recipe that helped give Guia the title of “Barbecue Chicken Capital of Portugal”.


For the best accompaniment to a nice cold beer or glass of wine try petiscos, Portuguese tapas, at Paixa. This eclectic, contemporary, and sophisticated location provides the perfect space for late night drinks and snacks with a group of friends. Dishes to try include duck foie gras, Iberian ham, stuffed squid, and oxtail croquette.

Wines and Beer

Did you know that Portugal is s one of the 11 largest beer producers in Europe? Try some of the finest beers at Algarve Rock Brewery, located outside of Faro. It is a state-of-the-art brewing facility producing a variety of completely natural and full-flavoured craft beers.

Algarve wines are much improved in recent years. For an exceptional wine-tasting experience and a chance to try the finest wines, visit these top vineyards in the Algarve. Morgado do Quintão, Quinta dos Vales, and Barranco Longo offer unforgettable wine-focused experiences, including wine tasting sessions, opportunities to create personalised wines, and excellent wine-paired meals.

Food Festivals

Food festivals are a great alternative way to try out local produce and the region hosts a plethora of them throughout the year, each focusing on different foods.

In July, Monchique hosts the ‘Feira do Presunto’ Festival, showcasing the locally produced smoked ham.

The Sardine Festival is held annually in August along the waterfront, in Portimão. Visitors can enjoy freshly cooked sardines and live Portuguese music while soaking up the festivities, which attracts an average of 20,000 visitors each day. The festivals well-deserved reputation has led it to being shortlisted for the ‘Event of the Year’ locally.

Similarly, the Olhão Seafood Festival, also held annually in August, is the perfect place to enjoy the freshest shellfish and seafood, from prawns and oysters to seafood cataplanas and rice dishes. Live music, including Portuguese pop, rock, and Fado music, adds to the lively atmosphere of this event.

Unveiling Skincare Routines and High-End Beauty Products

When it comes to pampering oneself luxury beauty rituals have gained tremendous popularity transcending traditional skincare routines. Beyond the realms of basic cleansing and moisturizing, these indulgent rituals provide an elevated experience accompanied by high-end beauty products that boast exquisite formulations and superior results. Join us as we embark on a journey into the realm of luxury beauty rituals exploring opulent skincare routines and the allure of high-end beauty products from

The Quest for Radiant Skin:

Every individual yearns for radiant and youthful skin and luxury beauty rituals offer a path to achieving this coveted glow. These routines go beyond the conventional cleanse-tone-moisturize approach delving into multiple layers of care and nourishment. Often tailored to individual needs luxury skincare routines emphasize precision and effectiveness combining both traditional wisdom and cutting-edge technology.

Step into a luxurious skincare ritual and you’ll encounter the opulence of facial massages and rejuvenating treatments. With the help of skilled aestheticians, these rituals include specialized techniques like lymphatic drainage, gua sha and facial acupressure to stimulate blood circulation, reduce puffiness and promote a vibrant complexion.

High-End Beauty Products: The Epitome of Opulence:

At the core of luxury beauty rituals lie high-end beauty products designed to deliver unparalleled results. From sumptuous cleansers to transformative serums and indulgent moisturizers these products feature meticulously selected ingredients known for their efficacy and sophistication. Embracing scientific advancements and botanical treasures high-end brands spare no expense in formulating products that cater to the most discerning clientele.

The allure of high-end beauty products extends beyond their exquisite packaging and captivating fragrances. These products often boast rare ingredients sourced from the corners of the earth such as exotic plant extracts, precious oils, and potent antioxidants. By incorporating these precious elements luxury beauty brands aim to revitalize and nourish the skin harnessing the power of nature to enhance its natural radiance.

One of the defining characteristics of high-end beauty products is their attention to detail and quality. Luxury brands invest heavily in research and development ensuring their formulations are at the forefront of innovation. From state-of-the-art laboratories to stringent quality control measures no aspect is overlooked in their pursuit of perfection. As a result, consumers can expect products that are not only effective but also provide a sensory experience that transports them into a realm of opulence and indulgence.

The Power of Self-Indulgence:

Luxury beauty rituals extend beyond skincare encompassing a holistic approach to self-indulgence. Bathing experiences adorned with fragrant oils and velvety foams hair care rituals featuring precious elixirs and personalized fragrance consultations are just a few examples of the vast array of self-pampering options available in the realm of luxury beauty.

High-end beauty rituals not only encompass skincare routines and opulent products but also extend to adornment and the realm of luxurious accessories. When it comes to accentuating one’s beauty with exquisite jewels stands as a beacon of elegance and craftsmanship. Each piece showcases the mesmerizing brilliance of moissanite, a gemstone known for its exceptional sparkle and fire that rivals even the most coveted diamonds.

Easy Ways to Add a Luxury Edge to Brand-New Properties

There are many advantages to buying a brand-new property. Built to the latest standards, you can be sure that your home will have the very best insulation available in addition to a host of attractive mod-cons including an induction cooker, highly efficient boiler, and quality bathroom fixtures.

Another advantage of buying a new build home is the deliberately neutral décor that provides the perfect blank canvas for a fresh start. However, this colour scheme can make the property feel fairly characterless at first. Thankfully, there are several easy ways to add a luxury edge to brand-new properties that will elevate the look of your new build home.

Go bold with colour

The most straightforward way to bring life to a blank canvas is to add colour. For a luxury feel, don’t be afraid to go bold with your shades: a rich red can bring a vintage warmth to a lounge or study, while a
deep blue instantly elevates a hallway or kitchen. If colour isn’t your thing, monochrome has a timeless elegance that ensures an enduring luxury lift. Try it in the bathroom for a Parisian feel.

Incorporate texture

If you prefer to stick to neutral shades, incorporate texture instead. Layering multiple types of material in each space of the house adds depth which is key to achieving an elevated design. This works particularly well if you blend raw materials such as wood and marble with crafted pieces such as chrome lights, glass topped tables, and woven rugs.

Create a feature wall

Another way of adding drama without going over the top with colour is to create a feature wall in each room. This could be a contrasting paint palette to the rest of the room. Alternatively, you could showcase patterned
wallpaper, or display a large piece of artwork designed to draw the eye.

Include luxury fixtures

Updating the fixtures in your new build home is guaranteed to give a luxury edge to the décor. Statement chandeliers, either in a traditional or modern design, are always a winner. Gold is also synonymous with luxury: used sparingly, it will add a touch of class to your interiors without becoming gaudy. For example, choose a mirror with an ornate gold frame, or install gold light fittings.

Introduce period furniture

Given that they have been constructed so recently, it is a given that new build homes will have a strong contemporary feel. Kitchens and bathroom appliances will be sleek and minimalist with clean lines and little-to-no embellishment. Introducing period furniture is an instant way to make your house feel more luxurious. Think of ornate shelving and display cabinets, decorative tables, and elegant seating.

Develop your lighting

New build homes will also come with overhead lighting as a standard. This kind of lighting can often feel harsh and clinical, so developing a different lighting scheme is key to creating the alluring atmosphere of luxury properties. Add strategically placed lamps into rooms that you want to be warm and welcoming such as the living room and your bedrooms. You can also incorporate candles for special events such as family lunches or romantic dinners.

Armathwaite Hall Hotel and Spa, in the English Lake District, Receives 5 Bubble Rating from The Good Spa Guide

The Lake District’s award-winning and luxurious Armathwaite Hall Hotel & Spa has received the prestigious 5-bubble rating from the Good Spa Guide. The Good Spa Guide is recognised as one of the UK spa industry leaders; setting the benchmark for quality, innovation, service, and excellence. They recently sent one of their ‘Spa Spies’ to visit the Armathwaite Hall Hotel & Spa, and they judged the spa facilities, range of treatments, fine dining, and overall customer experience as excellent.

Set within 400 acres of private woodland and surrounded by the Lake District’s breath-taking Skiddaw Mountains and Fells, Armathwaite Hall Hotel & Spa is the ultimate destination to truly switch off and escape the outside world. With several prestigious awards already under its belt, the estate has long been recognised as a leading hotel and spa destination, with people travelling from across the UK and beyond to simply spend a few days of peace here.

With Bassenthwaite being famed for being the UK’s most quaint and undiscovered town, Armathwaite Hall’s location really sets it apart from other destination spas and this is one of the key USP’s of the spa, which the Good Spa Guide recognised during their visit. Nestled within one of the UK’s least polluted areas, including light, noise and air, the estate offers some of the freshest air in the UK, meaning the spa’s connection to nature is unparalleled. As a result, the estate has long understood the wellness benefits of nature and the role it plays in a spa experience, by building on their natural resources to develop an innovative and exciting wellness retreat programme. Recruiting some of the country’s leading holistic experts, some of these packages include Forest Bathing, Animal Mindfulness, Wild Swimming, Moon, and Star Bathing, and more.

On the well-deserved news, Spa Manager, Lorela Movileanu comments: “We are extremely delighted to be awarded the 5-Bubble rating by the Good Spa Guide, which is a recognition of our continued commitment to delivering exceptional service. It is a proud moment for all of us, and I feel privileged to work with such an outstanding and motivated team. This award is a testament to the hard work and dedication put in by everyone at The Spa. We remain committed to providing our guests with an exceptional experience and look forward to doing so for many years to come!”

The five-star service doesn’t stop at the spa, as overnight guests can now enjoy a deep sleep in one of the brand-NEW Spa Garden Suites (launched April 2023), complete with weighted blankets, sleep masks, a pillow menu and even a calming sleep mist.

Introducing Le Professeur Marselan

Multi award-winning Wine Merchant, House of Townend, was established in 1906 in Yorkshire and has remained in the ownership of the Townend family for over 100 years.

For four generations they have built direct relationships with some of the finest wine producers in the world. Their buying emphasis lies firmly with the smaller, quality led, and often family owned, wine estates and domaines who possess like-minded philosophies.

Whilst the traditional wine producer is an important part of their portfolio, they work hard at being at the cutting edge of the wine world, seeking out the new star performers, ensuring they get into the supply chain before they become renowned and obtaining supplies becomes impossible. Wines from House of Townend are therefore individual and hand crafted, providing you with quality and great taste.

House of Townend is delighted to have added Le Professeur Marselan to their range.

The unusual Marselan grape was created in 1961 by Paul Truel, a leading ‘Ampleographer’ (Ampleography is the science of identifying, naming and classifying vines and grape varieties). Nowadays this is all done through DNA, but in Truel’s time, it was a highly skilled and scientific process. He was described as man of rigor, an insatiable researcher, untiring worker, endowed with a breath-taking memory and an unparalleled observer. The idea of him working away in the laboratory, combined with the test tubes, flasks and pipettes often seen at wineries gave us the idea of Le Professeur.

Hailing from Languedoc Roussilon, Le Professeur is produced for House of Townend by renowned winemaker, Xavier Roger. Mastering the nuances of Southern French varietals and combining traditional and modern winemaking techniques, Xavier Roger wines are a superb example of the quality that are now being produced in the South of France, using the best parcels in the area.

In order to make the perfect Marselan, the grapes are harvested when reaching the perfect level of ripeness. All the berries are destemmed to macerate at 5°C in an inert atmosphere to avoid oxidation and extract the subtle aromas and fine tannins. The wine is aged for 6 months in stainless steel tanks, on its fine lees. The Marselan is a rare and precious Mediterranean varietal, that express its outstanding potential on sun drenched and low-yielded terroirs, with rough soils made of gravel and pebbles.

Le Professeur Marselan is dark and intense with purple hues in the glass. The nose is perfectly spiced with hints of black pepper and violet with aromas of blackberry and cassis. This wine offers a rich and dense mouth feel, followed by concentrated flavours. The finish is long and juicy with subtle tannins. Enjoy this wine at room temperature, with beefsteak and French fries, or a hearty rustic bowl of pasta!

After sourcing the juice, House of Townend then contacted an artist based in Carcassonne, Sylvain Rouaud, who created this bespoke and hand drawn label. The perfect tribute to Paul Truel!

You can find this unique, and delicious wine at which offers outstanding value at £9.99 per bottle.

Tips to Help You Become the Ultimate Party Host This Summer

There’s nothing wrong with living for the weekends when your weekend plans are always on point. You know what they say… work hard, play harder.

What some people don’t realise, however, is that iconic weekend plans don’t always need to involve going out out. Why, when we can still get glammed up and enjoy immense vibes from the comfort of our own homes, avoiding expensive cocktails and busy bars?

Summer is right around the corner, which means endless opportunities to pour ourselves a drink in the sun and let our hair down.

Hosting doesn’t have to be stressful, either. Here are our top tips to help you become the ultimate hostess.

Step one: Planning

First things first: decide the perfect date and time for your party.

You could take things up a notch by creating traditional printed party invitations with pretty patterns and fancy font, but hey, we know time is precious. Creating a WhatsApp group with all the people you want to invite is just as good.

Next up in the planning stage is setting the right theme. Decorate your house and garden wisely, pick games and activities specific to the occasion, and set a strict dress code.

For example, if you want to create luxury vibes, everyone should be encouraged to wear their most glamorous fits – think red mini dresses, sequin maxi dresses, and drape arm playsuits.

Step two: Preparations

You want to be able to enjoy yourself at your own party, which means preparation beforehand is key. Here are a few things you’ll want to consider way ahead of the occasion:

Cleaning your home – Create a cleaning checklist to guarantee no job is forgotten about. Your list should include tasks such as cleaning the light fixtures, washing all glassware (especially important if you don’t plan on giving your guests plastic cups) and mowing the grass.

Shopping for food and drink – While it’s not uncommon to advise party guests to bring their own alcohol, a good host should still have some food and drink available. In advance of the big day, hit up your local supermarket for some beers, wine, soft drinks, BBQ food, and a few ‘picky bits’.

Rearranging the home or garden – Having multiple people in your home or garden means you need to be conscious about space. Is there ample seating? Enough room to dance? A table where food and drink can go?

Customised cocktails – Guests appreciate personal touches at parties because it makes them feel special and creates a more memorable event. Consider arranging a signature cocktail for each of your friends. ‘Gin-ger Spritz’ for your redhead pal; ‘The Rum Runner’ for the friend that loves running; ‘Bourbon Baker’ for the mate that works in a bakery. You get our drift.

Music playlist – Conversations should be flowing just as much as the prosecco, but good music is still a must. Create the best playlist by knowing who your audience is (consider the age and tastes of the party attendees) and thinking about the type of atmosphere you want to create.

Playing tunes by Ariana Grande and Beyonce will create sassy and empowering vibes, for example, whereas Avicii and David Guetta will set an energetic and upbeat atmosphere.

Step three: Hosting

Now comes the most important part… Successfully becoming the ‘hostess with the mostest.’

Make sure you’re available to welcome each person and group as they arrive at the party; show them where to put their stuff, point out where the toilet is, and introduce them to other guests.

Things might feel a little awkward at first, especially if you’re merging multiple friendship groups, but after a few cocktails and a couple of shots, people will soon warm up.

As the atmosphere begins to build, consider kicking off any games or activities you have planned. Be careful not to be too forceful with it (some people just want to chill and enjoy the vibes!), but let guests know they’re welcome to get involved with whatever you’ve got lined up.

Treating your guests to a BBQ feast in the summer sunshine? If you can’t give the responsibility to someone else completely (avoid smoke-smelling hair at all costs), here are a few tips to ensure you (wo)man the grill like an expert while still being the best host:

Prep, prep, prep: Before the party starts, make sure you have everything you need for the BBQ in one place, including utensils, charcoal, lighter fluid, and any seasonings or sauces.

Create a designated area: Make sure the grilling will be taking place away from other party activities. Not only is this safer for you and your guests, but it’ll also ensure you don’t get distracted and leave the sausages sizzling for too long.

Ask for help: Don’t be afraid to dish out tasks to guests or family members. For example, one friend could help with prepping the food, while another could assist with serving. Teamwork makes the BBQ work.

Cook in batches: If you have a lot of food to cook, consider cooking in batches to free up some time to socialise and enjoy yourself.

The most important step: Have fun!

Being a good host doesn’t have to mean sacrificing your own fun and memories. Sure, it can feel a little stressful at times, and you might experience some pressure in the build-up, but it will all work out in the end.

A little bit of prep goes a long, long way. Follow our guide and there’s no reason why you can’t host an amazing party that ticks all the right boxes!

7 Recommended Pre-Wedding Day Treatments, According to a Harley Street Dermatologist

With wedding season fast approaching, brides-to-be are putting in a lot of effort to ensure they look their best on their big day. However, between guest lists, financial commitments, venue organisation, food hire and back-to-back appointments with other suppliers, skincare can take a backseat. Many people don’t realise how much damage stress and anxiety can have on the skin, leading to issues such as dull complexion, dark circles, premature ageing, and breakouts. To help brides achieves a flawless and radiant complexion for their wedding day, we spoke to Dr Hiba Injibar, consultant dermatologist at Dermasurge Clinic, who shares her 7 recommended pre-wedding day treatments.

1. Microneedling

Microneedling is a minimally invasive treatment that uses small needles to create tiny punctures in the skin, which stimulates the skin’s natural healing process and collagen production. This treatment is effective in reducing the appearance of fine lines, wrinkles, and acne scars, giving you a smooth complexion for your wedding day. Microneedling is also beneficial for improving skin texture and glow, giving the skin a more youthful appearance. Most patients can expect to see an improvement in just 3 treatments, spaced 30 days apart, so I would recommend microneedling 3-6 months before your wedding day. Though the skin may appear red for 2-3 days after microneedling (like a mild sunburn) there is no downtime, making it the perfect option for brides with busy schedules.

2. Laser Skin Resurfacing

Laser Skin Resurfacing is an innovative treatment that can effectively address a range of skin concerns, including wrinkles, sagging, pigmentation problems, lines, and even some forms of pre-skin cancer. In just a few sessions, it can help brides achieve their dream flawless complexion, making it a popular pre-wedding day treatment. With a controlled depth of penetration, laser skin resurfacing can safely and effectively treat both superficial and deeper skin issues, even in the most delicate facial features. The ResurFX treatment utilises thermal energy to remove the damaged outer layers of the skin, revealing fresher, healthier skin beneath and stimulating the skin’s natural repair functions. This treatment is highly effective at smoothing the skin, evening out tone, and brightening the complexion, with the skin repair process continuing for up to 6 months post-treatment. The side effects are mild and tolerable, with redness, swelling or temporary bruising for a few days after treatment.

3. Chemical peels

Chemical peels are a popular pre-wedding day treatment that exfoliates the skin by applying a chemical solution to remove the outer layers of damaged skin. The treatment involves applying the solution on the skin for a few minutes before rinsing it off. The duration of the peel depends on the strength of the solution, with lighter peels taking only a couple of minutes and deeper peels taking up to 10-15 minutes. This type of treatment can help to improve skin tone, acne, scarring, wrinkles, fine lines sun damage and pigmentation. In general, the downtime required after a light chemical peel is around 3-5 days, while medium-depth treatments may require 5-7 days, and deep peels can require up to 10 days of downtime. Patients should avoid direct sunlight for 1-2 weeks after the treatment, so this treatment is best scheduled a month before your wedding day and honeymoon.

4. HydraFacial

HydraFacial has become a buzzword in the world of skincare, and it’s a particularly popular treatment for brides-to-be. The HydraFacial is a non-invasive, multi-step treatment that combines the benefits of hydra dermabrasion, chemical peel, and automated painless extractions. The procedure helps to detoxify, exfoliate, and hydrate the skin, leaving it with a refreshed and rejuvenated appearance. The treatment uses a special machine to infuse nourishing serums into the skin, which can be customised to address specific skin concerns such as acne, fine lines, dull skin, dry texture, and hyperpigmentation. One of the biggest advantages of the HydraFacial is that it is gentle enough to be done on the day of the wedding with no downtime, and can provide an instant boost to the skin’s radiance and glow.

5. Non-surgical Liquid Facelift

Many patients looking for firmer, smoother skin often think that expensive and invasive surgical procedures are their only option. However, with a non-surgical liquid facelift, patients can achieve facial volume restoration and lift without going under the knife. The treatment involves combining botulinum toxin anti-wrinkle injections with hyaluronic acid dermal fillers, which are injected into specific areas of the face in controlled doses. This allows for a subtle tightening and addition of volume to the skin, while respecting the natural facial structure. The effects of the treatment can last up to 18 months, but repeat treatments may be necessary for prolonged results. Some temporary side effects, such as bruising, swelling, redness, and tenderness may occur for a couple of days post-treatment. The non-invasive and effective nature of liquid facelifts has made it a popular choice for brides looking for a rejuvenated appearance before their big day.

6. Vampire Facial (PRP)

PRP, also known as the “vampire facial,” is a minimally invasive treatment that involves extracting a small sample of the patient’s blood and processing it to obtain platelets rich in growth factors. These platelets are then injected into the treatment area, stimulating the skin’s natural defence mechanisms, and promoting the production of collagen and HA. PRP has numerous benefits for brides before their wedding day, including improving texture, reducing scarring, and enhancing elasticity. It is suitable for use on various areas of the body, including the face, neck, hands, and even the eyes.  There is only 24 hours of downtime, where patients should expect some bruising and swelling, before returning to their daily routines.

7. Profhilo

Profhilo is a safe and effective non-surgical treatment that’s designed to address skin laxity, rather than just wrinkles and creases, making it a great option for mature brides. The treatment is composed of 100% Hyaluronic Acid (HA) which deeply nourishes dermal cells and restores skin firmness. Profhilo works by moisturising the skin from the inside out, resulting in the elimination of any crepey tissue. The entire process takes less than 30 minutes and does not require any downtime, unlike more invasive surgeries. It is typically used on facial areas, but can also be used to rejuvenate the neck, decollete, arms, knees, and hands. After undergoing the treatment, it’s normal to experience some redness, itching or tenderness in the treated area, but these side effects typically dissipate within 24 hours. For brides, it’s recommended to undergo a second treatment of 2ml about a month after the initial treatment for optimal results.

How To Get A Youthful Glow If You Have Mature Skin

Maintaining a youthful glow can seem challenging, particularly as your skin matures. But don’t worry! Age is just a number, and your skin can continue to shine and sparkle, radiating with vitality, if you give it the proper care and attention.

Here are some golden rules to help you achieve that coveted youthful glow, even if you have mature skin.

1. Shield your skin

Too much sun is one of the primary causes of ageing skin, so shielding your skin from harmful UV rays is crucial. Make sure to wear a broad-spectrum sunscreen with an SPF of 30 or higher daily, even on cloudy days.

Choose a sun cream that also contains antioxidants and can also protect your skin from environmental stressors, including free radicals. Don’t forget to wear sunglasses and a wide-brimmed hat for extra protection.

2. Exfoliate regularly

Exfoliating your skin helps to remove dead skin cells that can make your complexion look dull. As we age, the natural process of cell turnover slows down, so it’s essential to incorporate exfoliation into your skincare routine.

Use a gentle exfoliant that is designed for mature skin, such as products with alpha-hydroxy acids (AHAs) or enzymatic exfoliants. Aim to exfoliate one to two times per week, depending on your skin type and tolerance.

3. Invest in quality skincare

Choose skincare products that are specifically formulated for mature skin. Look for ingredients like hyaluronic acid, peptides, retinol, and antioxidants that work to boost collagen production, minimise wrinkles, and enhance your skin’s natural radiance.

Make sure to cleanse, tone, and moisturise your skin daily to help improve the look and health of your skin. And don’t forget to treat your neck, too, as this is an area that can also show signs of ageing.

4. Hydrate and nourish your skin

A well-hydrated and nourished complexion is key to achieving a youthful glow. Drink plenty of water throughout the day and incorporate nutrient-rich foods into your diet, such as fruits, vegetables, whole grains, lean proteins, and healthy fats, to provide your skin with the essential vitamins and minerals it needs to stay healthy and glowing.

5. Get your beauty sleep

Adequate sleep is crucial for maintaining a youthful complexion as it allows your skin to repair and regenerate itself. Aim for seven to nine hours of quality sleep each night and establish a relaxing bedtime routine to help you wind down after a long day.

6. Try tan drops for a sun-kissed glow

To achieve a sun-kissed glow without exposing your skin to harmful UV rays, consider using face tanner drops. Tan drops are a customisable and easy-to-use self-tanning option that can be mixed with your regular moisturiser or serum. They allow you to control the intensity of your tan while avoiding the risks associated with sun exposure.

Achieving a youthful glow for mature skin is possible with the right approach and consistent care. Prioritise sun protection, exfoliate regularly, invest in quality skincare products and hydrate to nourish your skin. Incorporating these tips into your daily routine will help you maintain healthy, radiant skin at any age.

Holiday 2023

Hello and welcome to the Holiday 2023 issue of LUXlife!

Summer is on the horizon, but we’re already gaining a sweet taste of it as the sun bathes us in her gloriously warm rays. Thus, many of us are finding ourselves in the mood for escaping to a sublime sun-drenched destination or on a serene spa retreat, whilst delving into the luxuries that complement such activities, whether a tantalising dish or the most expertly crafted Italian cup of coffee.

In this holiday issue of LUXlife, we showcase some of the most top-tier establishments that are defining the word ‘luxury’ – whether they provide a divine getaway from the hustle and bustle of everyday life, or they enhance the pleasures of said daily life. Indeed, we take a look at a range of outstanding luxury service providers, from spas, restaurants, and tour operators, to architects, interior design studios, and even a wedding photographer – and they are all devoted to providing a truly optimal experience.

So, join us, as we take in the beauty that comes with the month of May, and gain an insight into what is to be relished in the world of luxury. We hope you enjoy this issue of LUXlife and look forward to welcoming you back when summer is officially here.

LUXlife Magazine Announces the Winners of the 2023 Global Wedding Awards

United Kingdom, 2023- LUXlife Magazine announces the winners of the 2023 Global Wedding Awards.

It takes a truly special company or individual to distinguish themselves on the global wedding landscape. Indeed, while all industries demand a certain dedication to excellence, the luxury events sphere seeks only the best, and only the best can find enduring success. For this reason, LUXlife launched the Global Wedding Awards to highlight those that have remained steadfast and unwavering in this commitment and pursuit towards perfection.

Our wedding day is one of the most special days of our lives and it takes a tremendous amount of time and energy to prepare for it. Here we gain insight into some of the best businesses and individuals helping us to prepare for and experience perfection throughout the day of our dreams.

Our Awards Coordinator, Jessie Wilson, took a moment to comment on the success of the winners: “The wedding industry is thriving due to the fact that it is consistently growing and evolving to fit the needs of each couple. Everyone wants a day they will never forget and we’re proud to announce our winners as they guarantee services that truly deliver. Congratulations.”

To find out more about these prestigious awards, and the dedicated establishments that have been selected for them, please visit where you can view our winners supplement and full winners list.


Notes to editors.

About LUXlife

LUXlife Magazine is a premium lifestyle publication which was founded in 2015 by the publishing company AI Global Media Ltd. Distributed to a circulation of 94,000 globally, LUXlife focuses on a range of topics within the luxury lifestyle industry, featuring articles on, fashion, beauty, fine dining, travel, luxury real estate and much more. Within our pages you’ll find everything from product news and reviews to in-depth pieces on trends, features and comment; all designed to inform, entertain and inspire.

Our Mission

In addition to providing our readers with regular news and updates on all elements of luxury lifestyle, we also provide luxury firms with the perfect media platform to showcase their business to our readership comprised of high net worth individuals. As such, we publish only the most cutting edge of products, services, attractions and events that will appeal to our audience. Some of the world’s most internationally renowned brands, individuals, high-end developments and products are highlighted in our magazine so that our esteemed readers will find everything they need to truly live a luxury lifestyle.

Cap Maison Launches Indulgent Chocolate Themed Break

For those looking to satisfy their Chocolate craving after the Easter Eggs have long gone, Cap Maison, the luxury boutique resort and spa in Saint Lucia has created the perfect indulgent chocolate themed break, which is bound to satisfy the taste buds of chocolate lovers everywhere.

Highlights of the package include an excursion to chocolatier and cacao grower Hotel Chocolat at Rabot Estate in the South of the Island. Guests can immerse themselves in a Bean to Bar experience by learning about the chocolate making process. Afterwards, under the guidance of the professional cocoa expert, they will have the chance to craft their very own chocolate bars using the estate grown cocoa. Whilst there, guests can discover their famous Cacao Cuisine in a la carte restaurant which incorporates the use of chocolate in the exquisite menu, all of which can be enjoyed whilst taking in the stunning views across the UNESCO World Heritage site.

Other highlights include a cocktail making masterclass at Cap Maison where guests will have the chance to create their very own chocolate and rum based cocktail under the expert guidance of Cap Maison’s professional rummier. The ingredients for the cocktail will include Cap Maison’s very own Cask Aged Rum and locally produced chocolate, accompanied with delicious chocolate tasting.

For those looking to enjoy a deluxe spa experience, several of the alluring treatments available at the Spa Maison incorporate chocolate into the mix for a truly indulgent experience, including ‘Chocolate Delight’ – chocolate lovers will breathe in the beautifully scented aromas of chocolate as they experience the stimulating effects of a chocolate body scrub followed by a rich chocolate body wrap, completed with a warm chocolate oil relaxing massage.

Set in the heart of the exclusive Cap Estate, the location of the resort also lends itself to numerous culturally immersive activities for guests, with the vibrant Rodney Bay just a few moments-drive away for shopping, a flourishing dining scene and a glimpse into marina life. There is also a range of other activities to enjoy, including a Rainforest Adventure/Zip Line Tour, Sulpher Springs Mud Bath and Horseback Riding.

Seven nights in a Garden View Room on a B&B basis in the summer season (3 April – 19 December) start from £452 per room, per night. All activities and excursions can be booked separately at an additional charge through the hotel’s concierge desk.

For reservations, please email: [email protected] 

Introducing WildHut – Impeccably Designed Highest-Quality Saunas

Introducing WildHut, luxurious, premium saunas impeccably designed for an optimised sauna experience. Handmade by master-craftspeople in Sussex, a stunning effect is achieved using traditional skills with technology to power sustainable high-performance.

Wildhut’s advanced design and build harnesses the beauty and functionality of the finest sustainable materials. Wildhut saunas feature high-grade Western Red Cedar and are insulated with 100% British sheep wool for superior thermal performance and sustainability. Saunas are available in three sizes and feature triple glazed windows with a choice of private letter box shape or large picture window. A dedicated creative design team producing a bespoke service for commercial and residential.

Wildhut empowers wellbeing through community, reconnection with nature and highest quality natural materials. Established by Thaisa Box, a pioneer in London’s wellness industry and designer, Lisa Deller, who were inspired by the Finnish tradition of sauna, where a total population of 5 million people own 3.5 million saunas.

Thaisa Box, Co-Founder, Wildhut, said; “The sauna trend is growing exponentially in the UK, and we are incredibly excited to be part of this movement.  Sauna offers very real benefits to people’s health and wellbeing. Alongside a wild swimming revolution is taking place on Britain’s beaches and sauna features at the heart of that trend alongside cold therapy. Wildhut aims to set a standard for luxury in saunas and are made in Britain using highest-quality sustainable materials.”

Lisa Deller, Co-Founder and Creative Director, Wildhut, said; “We have witnessed a seismic shift in people’s relationships with home and work in recent years. It has inspired people to re-evaluate their environment and invest in beautiful home relaxation spaces. In designing our saunas, we are unflinching in our meticulous attention to materials, screws, joins and every individual detail. It is our dedication to marry quality, beauty and the ultimate experience. We work in consultation with people for their own homes, and with business owners to create the sauna of their dreams.”

For further information about Wildhut please contact Helen Trevorrow or Vicky Hague at Green Row on 0794 000 9138 or email [email protected]

Red Sea Global Commits to Accessible Tourism for All

  • The developer’s luxury destinations and experiences portfolio will be fully accessible and inclusive for guests and visitors with disabilities and special needs
  • Tailored, breathtaking experiences will be provided for people with disabilities, including bespoke therapeutic retreats for parents and caregivers

Red Sea Global (RSG), the multi-project developer behind the world’s most ambitious regenerative tourism destinations, The Red Sea and Amaala, has pledged that its destinations and experiences will be fully inclusive for guests with disabilities, specific needs and access requirements, by implementing an accessibility agenda that is aspirational, alive and responsive, making a real difference to guest experience.

The developer has pledged to ensure all guests will enjoy luxury hospitality and unique experiences – from sailing, kayaking and diving among shipwrecks and coral reefs, to exploring the inland environment and stargazing in the desert.

The objective is to ensure guests enjoy RSG destinations with equity and dignity through the delivery of spaces, products and services irrespective of physical or cognitive ability.

“If we are truly going to do better by people and planet, we can’t leave anyone behind. There are approximately 1.3 billion disabled people globally. It is not only totally inexcusable for our industry to exclude so many people, but commercially short-sighted,” said John Pagano, Group CEO of Red Sea Global.

“We pledge to pursue a total commitment to accessible tourism from day one. As a visionary developer, we have the chance to build in accessibility from the ground up, creating exceptional experiences for every visitor to treasure, regardless of their physical or cognitive ability.”

To drive this leading commitment to accessible tourism, the developer will now require all its employees, consultants and partners to follow the UN-backed standard, ISO 21902 – Accessible Tourism for All, throughout their work.

The standard means every contractor at RSG’s destinations must ensure guest experiences take a universally inclusive approach. This commitment includes using new technologies – such as smart mobility and logistics – to radically enhance luxury tourism experiences for people with disabilities and their families, who have historically been underserved by the global industry.

Tony Coveney, Multi-Property General Manager at The St. Regis Red Sea and Nujuma, a Ritz-Carlton Reserve, said: “One of our core values is “Putting People First,” which is reflected in our approach to supporting equal equity for all, irrespective of their special needs or disabilities. At Marriott, we believe that by prioritizing the needs and concerns of our guests, associates, and partners, we create a more welcoming and inclusive environment where everyone can thrive and succeed. Our commitment to equal equity is an embodiment of our core values, and we will continue to uphold these values as we work to promote accessibility and accommodation across our global enterprise.”

Truly accessible from the very start

The Red Sea destination is on track to welcome its first guests this year when the first three hotels and phase one of the Red Sea International airport open. Upon full completion in 2030, it will comprise 50 resorts, offering up to 8,000 hotel rooms and more than 1,000 residential properties across 22 islands and six inland sites. Phase One of AMAALA is focused on the Triple Bay masterplan, and will be ready to welcome first guests in 2024.

The enormous, varied terrain of the destinations’ landscapes present several accessibility challenges. However, from opening, The Red Sea and Amaala will incorporate and continually improve inclusive infrastructure to enable guests to enjoy world-class destination experiences, regardless of age or ability. This includes:

  • Guests with a disability who take part in activities will be provided with adaptive equipment and partnered with specially trained instructors. Guests enjoying watersports, for example, will benefit from specialist sailing equipment including kayaks and stand-up paddle boards. Through RSG’s diving subsidiary, Galaxea, PADI-certified adaptive support divers will be trained to cater for those diving with disabilities and special needs.
  • Operating seaplanes at the destination under the global standard of ‘Passenger Acceptance’, making bespoke provisions for guests with disabilities to mitigate unique boarding challenges.
  • Deploying enhanced ground support equipment and Ambulift services to assist passengers disembarking planes and other modes of transport.
  • Training handlers at the destination’s airport, Red Sea International, to enable safe transportation of wheelchairs and specialist equipment.

Supporting families and caregivers

Red Sea Global is also creating wellbeing programs for families and caregivers of people with disabilities, providing opportunities and experiences that support mental wellbeing and allow for a sense of personal and shared achievement.

To support parents, and especially the parents of children with special needs, RSG’s adventure sports subsidiary, Akun, will offer a bespoke set of adventures and activities for parents that can help build wellbeing and mental strength. In line with RSG’s commitment to Respect and Resilience, these experiences will focus on the therapeutic benefits of the natural landscape.

“The unique needs of people with disabilities have been widely overlooked by the global tourism industry to date. It’s vital that we use our platform as a leading regenerative tourism developer – and a cornerstone of the Kingdom’s Vision 2030 transformation – to shine a spotlight on these issues, if we are to create a truly pioneering industry that caters to all,” said Rosanna Chopra, Executive Director, Destination Development at Red Sea Global.

Pushing boundaries beyond the guest experience

In line with the guidelines set out in the ISO 21902 standard, this accessible tourism initiative will extend to all aspects of RSG’s ecosystem, further benefitting employees, local communities and partners.

Work will also be dedicated to building the capability of tourism businesses to support workers with a disability, including sharing resources to ensure operational teams have the skills to employ workers with a disability.

To ensure the active participation of people with disabilities in the future of the tourism industry in the Kingdom and beyond, RSG will continue to work with its hospitality and leisure partners to invest in opportunities for staff and potential talent, regardless of their physical, cognitive, or sensory needs.

MONPURE’s Follicle Boost Hair Density Serum is the Straightforward Solution for Lustrous Locks

Retinol, but not as you know it 

The holy grail skincare product and secret to enviable, expensive hair

MONPURE’s Follicle Boost Hair Density Serum gives your scalp the same five-star treatment as your highest performing serum would your skin. If thickness is what you seek, then look no further. This hero product is set to inject voltage and volume to your hair through a meticulously developed formula. This holy grail skincare product refreshes and renews the scalp creating the perfect foundation for lustrous, full locks. This game changing serum contains an unexpected but highly effective ingredient for hair growth.  Retinol. 

Retinol is one of the most googled skincare ingredients of recent years, however, the curiosity and confusion around retinols remain. But dermatologists, facialists and beauty experts agree that when it comes to delivering visible, smart-ageing skincare effects, it is the final word. However, the transformative effects it can have on the scalp and thus hair growth, is seldom spoken about amongst consumers. 

It is widely accepted that the correct concentration of topical retinol is a potential treatment for hair loss. In conventional skincare, retinol is loved for its abilities to supercharge cellular renewal and this same quality can work miracles for the hair. MONPURE’s Follicle Boost Hair Density Serum uses exfoliating retinyl palmitate at 0.5% concentration, a gentle retinol ester that can be safely used on the scalp. Increasing blood flow to the scalp allows better delivery of more proteins, vitamins, and nutrients to the root of the hair enforcing strength and growth. Additionally, the retinol component acts as a reset button to the scalp. By decongesting hair follicles and clearing debris and dead skin, other active ingredients within the serum can be absorbed better and stimulate the scalp with more efficacy.  

The Serum also works to prevent hair loss, through its clever means of offsetting DHT production. Special pumpkin extract blocks a pesky enzyme called 5-alpha reductase known to convert testosterone to DHT, the guilty hormonal component responsible for hair loss. Lactic acid provides gentle exfoliation to the scalp making flakiness a thing of the past. Caster seed oil stimulates the scalp to boost not only growth, but also the quality of the follicle. These ingredients were selected not only for their individual properties but the way in which they complement each other. The chemical exfoliators retinol and lactic acid work to clear the scalp so that the maximum potential of the pumpkin seed and castor oil can be achieved as it is easily absorbed by the skin without any obstacles in the way. 

Simply massage a few drops onto the scalp every morning as part of your daily skincare regime. In just a few weeks expect to see your crowning glory longer, stronger and fuller. Enviable, expensive hair has never been so straight forward. 

Things To Do In Cape Town This Summer Season

Cape Town is affectionately known as ‘the Fairest Cape’ – for good reason. Located on the southernmost tip of Africa, Cape Town’s rich and beautiful landscapes match its rich and beautiful history. There’s no doubt about it, Cape Town is a unique paradise that runs very hot in summer. Tourists here are almost spoilt for choice, with countless sandy beaches, charming villages, markets and more to explore.

With that said, how do you choose what to do in Cape Town this summer season? Fortunately, we have the answer for you. Read on for more information about the activities you should try in Cape Town this summer…


If you want to make the most of Cape Town’s hot weather and beachy landscape, we recommend surfing! This summer, Muizenberg Beach at False Bay will be the best spot for riding the waves, and even has a highly reputable surfing school on-site.

Learn how to surf with local pros, and dive headfirst into the inviting waters.

Music Festival

Throughout Cape Town, there are various music festivals hosted each summer, and every one is unmissable. Nestled in the Cederberg mountains, ‘Wolfkop Weekender’ gets particularly excellent reviews, with a range of electronic dance music and deep house played so you can really party the night away!

Summer Markets

Cape Town is much loved for its lovely summer markets, selling everything from handmade clothes and organic goods to sculptures and artwork. The most famous market is Old Biscuit Mill in Albert Road, the finest hotspot for adventurous tourists. You’re sure to find the perfect souvenirs here to bring back home.


Summer in Cape Town is nothing without exploring the great outdoors. The most distinguishing landmark that Cape Town has to offer – Table Mountain – is a flat-topped mountain that is definitely worth the hike, with magnificent views to be found at the summit!

If the hike is too much, and the sun gets too hot, you can also cableway to the top.

Safari Experience

Cape Town has plenty of thriving flora and fauna to be found across its many, sprawling landscapes. This makes a Safari experience one of the best things to do in Cape Town this summer season! As recommended by TripAdvisor, tours like the BokBus Garden Route Adventure give tourists the opportunity to see adorable hippos, elephants, lions, rhinos and giraffes up close and personal – perhaps for the very first time!

Travel to Cape Town with Rovos Rail

Ready to travel to Cape Town this summer, and experience everything that South Africa’s oldest city has to offer? Consider travelling there with Rovos Rail’s Cape Town to Pretoria route, a locomotive lovingly restored, with luxurious carriages and cabins inside. Rovos Rail maintain the elegant appearance of much-loved historical trains, with all the modern amenities you’d expect from a first-class flight or cruise. There’s no better way to traverse Africa’s beautiful landscapes.

12 of the Best Things to Do in Tampa

In recent years, more people have been flocking to Tampa to enjoy its variety of tourist attractions than ever before. In the past, a good year of tourism in Tampa might have generated about $30 million in tax collections. However, in the past few years, Tampa has been enjoying almost double that!

But what is leading to such incredible growth in tourist activity in Tampa? In the past, not that many people knew about all of the amazing things to do in Tampa.

However, as more people learn about what Tampa has to offer, Tampa is enjoying all of the benefits that come with being a hot tourist attraction. But what has Tampa done to provide so many different things to do for visitors and residents alike?

Read on to learn all about the most fun and unforgettable things you can do in Tampa on your next visit!

1. Enjoy the Beaches on Your Trip to Tampa

Of course, no visit to Tampa is complete without spending some hours or days on some of the incredible beaches. Tampa has multiple famous beaches that all provide amazing surf, sand, and sunlight. However, you can enjoy certain unique activities at several of the most famous beaches in Tampa as well.

The Ben T. Davis Beach is only a few minutes away from downtown Tampa. That makes it the perfect destination if you want to spend some time on the water while also visiting some of the exciting events in town. You can often find people playing beach volleyball at this beach.

On the other hand, Clearwater Beach is located right next to the Florida botanical gardens. It is rare to find such an amazing combination as a pristine beach and a gorgeous garden right next to each other.

You can also take a quieter trip to Honeymoon Island. This beach is quieter at certain times of the year and is a great place for swimming, fishing, and hiking.

2. Add Parasailing to Your Vacation Planning

If you have ever been parasailing, then you will appreciate what an unforgettable experience it can be. On the other hand, if you have not yet been parasailing, you should put this at the top of your list of activities to try in Tampa. Of course, parasailing in Tampa may ruin parasailing in most other parts of the world for you.

As amazing as parasailing can be on its own, enjoying it in Tampa provides a special experience. As you parasail in Tampa, you can enjoy the many gorgeous beaches below as well as the impressive buildings out of the city center.

You can enjoy a view of the islands as well as drink in the beauty of the gardens and other aspects of the natural beauty that Tampa has to offer.

3. Check Out the Aquariums When You Visit Tampa

Tampa is the perfect place to see amazing marine life at an aquarium. This is also a top activity if you plan to visit Tampa with your family.

The Florida Aquarium has more than 8,000 animals. It has won awards for attraction features for children and adults alike. Many of the features at this aquarium are designed to maximize both education and fun.

If you do decide to visit the aquarium, you might want to go before you spend too much time on other water activities in Tampa. Learning more about sea life can add an extra layer of fascination when you get up and close to it later on.

4. Add a Zoo Visit to Your Trip Planning

Tampa also boasts an incredible zoo. Try visiting the Zoo Tampa at Lowry Park and enjoy seeing the more than 1,300 animals that live there.

Tampa has collected a wide variety of tropical animals as well as species from a wide variety of other habitats. You can feed the giraffes during one part of your visit and then enjoy the water play areas during another.

5. Enjoy the Thrill of Busch Gardens Tampa

Busch Gardens Tampa is one of the top amusement parks in the country. It has a huge number of roller coasters as well as special activities like the Serengeti Safari. It also includes live entertainment shows and attractions designed especially for younger members of the family.

You will also find that the food at Busch Gardens Tampa is a cut above what you can find at many other amusement parks. You can spend a whole day enjoying the restaurants, cafes, bars, and more at Busch Gardens Tampa.

6. Visit the Tampa Museum of Art

Many people come to Tampa just to visit the Tampa Museum of Art. If you have a special appreciation for art, then you might want to put this activity at the top of your itinerary.

The museum has a wide collection of both contemporary and ancient art. You can enjoy a varied range of collections and presentations that will help you appreciate art objects like never before.

If you are a fan of visual art, you might also want to visit the Florida Museum of Photographic Arts while you are in Tampa. This museum is located in Tampa’s Cube building, a unique architectural achievement. You can enjoy dozens of major photographic exhibitions at this museum to enjoy another take on visual art.

While you are at it, you might also consider visiting the Contemporary Art Museum in Tampa. This museum has the special goal of preserving some of the most significant contemporary art exhibitions in the world. Many scholars end up visiting this museum to study the intricate nuances of a precise aspect of contemporary art.

7. Check Out the Museum of Science and Industry

On the other hand, you might be more interested in subjects like science, industry, and history. The Museum of Science and Industry contains hundreds of exhibits that will help you better understand science and the technology that has helped build our civilization.

Many of these activities are interactive, allowing you to do much more than simply watch and learn. You can also learn much more than you might know now about modern technological advances. There is a whole area dedicated to drones and robots and another devoted to 3D printing.

You might also want to visit the Tampa Bay History Center. The more you fall in love with Florida, the more you might appreciate learning about more than 12,000 years of its history.

8. Make the Most of the Tampa Riverwalk

Ask most people about what to do in Tampa and they will be sure to mention the Tampa Riverwalk. This is a beautiful pathway that runs all along the Hillsborough River. As you walk along it, you can enjoy the natural beauty of the view as well as the well-maintained public parks nearby.

You will also find plenty of restaurants and entertainment venues to help you round out your walk.

9. Visit the Unforgettable Big Cat Rescue

If you have a special affinity for cats, then visiting Tampa’s Big Cat Rescue Sanctuary might be the highlight of your trip. This animal sanctuary is dedicated to taking care of wild cats that suffer from injuries or isolation.

It has 11 species of big cats with more than 100 animals.

10. Take a Tour of Fun Things to Do in Tampa

You might want to start out your trip to Tampa by taking a guided tour to learn about all of the fun things you can do there. However, you might find a tour of Tampa much less tiring if you can take it on a Segway. The Magic Carpet Glide guided tour leads tourists around the city on Segways, showing them some of the most amazing attractions worth visiting.

You can also discover Great Escape Rooms in Tampa. There is a reason that quality escape rooms are becoming more popular all the time. They can be an absolute blast!

11. Catch a Show at the Straz Center

You should definitely take a minute to check out some of the performances that will be available at the Straz Center for the Performing Arts while you are in Tampa.

Many amazing shows come to Tampa and one of them might be the perfect addition to your vacation plans.

12. Enjoy the Beauty of Tampa’s Nature

You can also check out Not a Clue Adventures to enjoy a wide variety of outdoor activities. You can learn about bird watching or how to track wildlife. You can also learn about survival techniques or horsemanship.

You do not really know Tampa until you have seen some of the incredible variety of flora and fauna present outside of the major city areas.

Enjoy All the Best Things to Do in Tampa

The more you learn about the amazing things to do in Tampa, the easier it is to understand why there has been such an explosion in tourist demand. Tampa has so many fun things to do that you can come back year after year without ever having to repeat your vacation itinerary.

In Tampa, you can enjoy the peace and beauty of nature as well as the excitement of unforgettable thrills.

To learn more about the latest information in tourism, business, and more, take a look at our other articles!

Revamping Your Home: A Guide to a Successful Interior Design Project

Embarking on an interior home design project journey can be both exhilarating and challenging. Done correctly, it’s an excellent way to breathe new life into your living space, transforming it to match your evolving needs and tastes. Whether you’re aiming to create a more comfortable and functional environment for your family or to boost your property’s appeal for a prospective sale, this guide is designed to equip you with crucial insights and practical tips.

Over the next few sections, we’ll delve into the strategic aspects of planning and executing a successful design project. From understanding the inherent value of home interior design projects to budgeting and choosing the right professionals, we aim to provide a comprehensive road map to navigate your home transformation journey.

Understanding the Value of Interior Design

Interior design can serve a dual purpose. Firstly, they can substantially enhance your everyday living experience, creating spaces that reflect your personal style and cater to your lifestyle needs. Secondly, they can significantly increase your property’s market value, making it an attractive proposition if you decide to sell. Strategic improvements such as updating your kitchen, adding an extension, or enhancing energy efficiency can yield high returns on investment. However, beyond these quantifiable gains, interior design projects can transform your house into a home that you truly love and enjoy living in. This intrinsic value – the joy, comfort, and satisfaction derived from a well-designed home – is priceless and should be a key consideration when planning your renovation project.

Setting Clear Goals for Your Interior Design Project

The first step in any successful project is setting clear, well-defined goals. This crucial stage involves determining why you’re changing up the interior and what you hope to achieve. Are you looking to improve your quality of life by creating a more comfortable and functional space? Or are you aiming to increase the resale value of your property? These goals will directly influence your design decisions, material choices, and budget allocation. If selling your property is the primary aim, then it’s important to focus on interior design projects that appeal to a broad range of buyers, such as updated kitchens and bathrooms. However, if the renovation is for personal enjoyment, your preferences and lifestyle should take centre stage. By identifying your interior design project goals early on, you can ensure a more streamlined, effective planning and execution process.

Building Your Design Budget: What to Consider

Establishing a realistic budget is an essential component of any successful design project. This involves considering all potential costs, from materials and labour to permits and even a contingency fund for unforeseen expenses. When budgeting, it’s important to balance your desires with your financial capabilities to avoid overextending yourself. Be sure to seek quotes from several contractors to ensure you’re getting a fair deal. But remember, the cheapest quote isn’t always the best choice. Consider factors such as the contractor’s reputation, quality of work, and warranty provided. Additionally, keep in mind that while certain interior home projects might require a larger upfront investment, they can lead to long-term savings, like energy-efficient upgrades. LED lights not only save money, they can also suit your designs, too! A well-planned budget will help keep your project on track, prevent cost overruns, and ensure you achieve the maximum value from your renovation.

Choosing the Right Professionals for Your Renovation

A key determinant of your interior design project’s success is the team of professionals you choose to bring your vision to life. Depending on the scale and complexity of your project, you might need a variety of experts, from builders and electricians to plumbers and architects. Hiring an architect, in particular, can provide invaluable expertise in the design phase, helping to maximise space, enhance functionality, and ensure your interior design project aligns with regulations. When selecting professionals, consider their experience, reputation, and previous work quality. Don’t just settle for the lowest quote; remember, a well-executed renovation is an investment that can significantly increase your home’s value. It’s crucial to ensure you have a good rapport with your team, as clear communication will be key throughout the project. Lastly, always check for appropriate licensing and insurance to safeguard your investment.

Balancing Aesthetics and Functionality

Designing the ideal interior of your home involves striking a balance between aesthetics and functionality. While it’s important to incorporate design trends and personal style preferences, these should never compromise the overall practicality and liveability of your space. Start by considering how you and your family use each room. What layout will facilitate movement and activities? What storage solutions will help keep clutter at bay? Once these functional elements are in place, you can start thinking about aesthetics. Choose colour schemes, finishes, and fixtures that reflect your personal style and create a cohesive look throughout your home. Ultimately, the best interior design techniques are those that seamlessly merge the practical with the beautiful, creating a home that’s not only visually appealing but also truly liveable.

Maximising Space with Clever Interior Design Techniques

Optimising space should be a top priority. This is particularly relevant in the UK, where many homes, especially period properties, may have smaller rooms or awkward layouts. By removing non-structural walls, you can create a sense of spaciousness and improve flow between rooms. Multi-functional furniture, such as ottomans with storage or wall beds, can also help utilise space efficiently. Additionally, smart storage solutions like built-in wardrobes, under-stair storage, or custom cabinetry can keep clutter at bay and make rooms feel larger. Don’t forget the power of illusion – using mirrors, light colours, and strategic lighting can give the impression of a larger space. Lastly, extending upwards or outwards, with a loft conversion or extension, can provide valuable extra space, although planning permission may be required. With careful planning and creative design, even the smallest home can feel spacious and comfortable.

Final Thoughts

Embarking on a home interior design project is a journey filled with creativity, strategic planning, and decision-making. It’s an opportunity to transform your living space into a reflection of your style and needs, while potentially increasing your property’s value. From setting clear goals and building a realistic budget to choosing the right professionals and balancing aesthetics with functionality, each step plays a crucial role in the success of your project. Remember, the key is to maximise your space smartly and create a home that’s not just visually appealing, but also comfortable and functional. Your home is not just a property; it’s a space where memories are created and lives are lived. By investing time and effort into thoughtful renovations, you’re investing in the quality of your life.

Going to Great Lengths – Asia’s Most Remarkable Resort Pools

There’s a reason why top resorts and hotels make their main pool the focal point of their property. It’s a place where guests can relax, socialize or strut their swimsuited stuff for social media. Of course, almost every luxury property on the planet offers their patrons a place to go for a dip. But numerous resorts and hotels around Asia have gone off the deep end in style. From palatial art-deco pools in classic colonial hotels to infinity stunners amidst tropical surrounds, here are some of the most impressive bodies of water in the region.



At Trisara, one of Phuket’s most exclusive hideaways, every one of its pool rooms, suites and villas has a private pool. But the resort’s most seductive body of water is its fabulous main 45m saltwater lap pool, which stretches along the resort’s beachfront, surrounded by inviting day-beds and sun loungers.

Angsana Lang Co

As part of the expansive Laguna Lang Co integrated property in Central Vietnam, Angsana Lang Co has long been well-regarded for its family friendly qualities. At the heart of the action at the resort is its mega free-form pool — one of the country’s most extensive resort pools — that winds more than 300 metres around the entire property.

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi

Set within the iconic 120-year-old luxury hotel’s garden courtyard, the swimming pool at Metropole Hanoi evokes timeless elegance and sophistication, with comfortable sun loungers and stylish parasols. The poolside Bamboo Bar, with its thatched roof and wooden floor, adds a further touch of the tropical to the upscale surroundings.

Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor

Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor originally opened in 1932 as a rest stop for archeologists and adventurers seeking to explore the ancient kingdom of Angkor Wat. The luxury hotel’s famous swimming pool, set within lush tropical gardens, draws inspiration from ancient royal baths and harmonizes well with the terrace boundary wall that is patterned after Angkor’s temples.

TIA Wellness Resort

Since private pools complement every villa, guests don’t need to paddle far for a dip. The more dramatic plunger, however, is in the resort’s infinity pool, which reaches for the ocean and comes with a soundtrack of waves.

Avana Retreat 

Tiered like the terraced rice fields that surround it, Avana’s cloud pool is really multiple pools in one. The heated swimming spot is aptly named for the layer of cloud that sometimes settles below, leaving swimmers to splash about above the clouds. 

Tanah Gajah, a Resort by Hadiprana

Towering Ganesh sculptures feed Tanah Gajah’s main pool, which is flanked by lush tropical greenery, lotus ponds, and Balinese stone carvings. More than just a place to cool off and relax, the picturesque spot is often the backdrop for floating breakfasts, poolside cocktails, and afternoon tea.

Fusion Resort Cam Ranh

While Fusion Resort Cam Ranh’s oceanfront pool offers a stunning waterfront perch, the property’s second swimming spot in The Hideaway, Fusion’s resort within a resort, wins the award for the most spacious at 1,643 sqm. 

Alma Resort Cam Ranh

A dozen swimming pools cascade down to Long Beach at the Alma Resort, including a 75 metre-long infinity pool with submerged loungers.

The Anam Cam Ranh

One thing is a constant at The Anam Cam Ranh; pool waters as brilliantly blue as the sea and sky. Whether plunging into the Anam’s stunning infinity pool (pictured) that meets Long Beach, two other capacious swimming pools for the whole family, or one of 27 private villa pools, pool-goers are spoilt for choice.

The Anam Mui Ne

Perched on 1.2 hectares fronting Vietnam’s Mui Ne Beach, The Anam Mui Ne, that opened January 11 this year, features two spacious swimming pools – a capacious freshwater pool adjacent to the grand lobby and a stunning 266sqm saltwater pool (pictured) by the sand that gives way to the East Sea.

Meliá Chiang Mai

Situated in the heart of Thailand’s mountainous Chiang Mai, urban hotel Meliá Chiang Mai’s second floor is dominated by an outdoor swimming pool flanked by cabanas, sunbeds and Tien Pool Bar that serves tasty snacks with a Spanish flavour. In a nod to Chiang Mai’s culture, the striking tiling of the pool makes for a contemporary interpretation of textile patterns the locals call “teen jok”. 

Meliá Ho Tram Beach Resort

In addition to Meliá Ho Tram Beach Resort’s 1500sqm main pool replete with a swim-up bar, guests staying at the property’s “resort within a resort”, called The Level Villas, are afforded exclusive access to The Level Pool (pictured), surrounded by cabanas and outdoor daybeds.

What to Look for When Choosing Jewellery for Your Wedding Day

When it comes to selecting jewellery for your wedding day, the options can be overwhelming. From statement pieces to delicate accessories, choosing the right jewellery can make or break your big-day look. They do not have to be expensive. Affordable Moissanite jewellery may be all that you need. Therefore, do some research and narrow down your choices before you start shopping for wedding day jewellery.

You can find inspiration from a variety of sources such as online platforms, magazines, and recommendations from friends and family. Researching will also give you an idea of what is currently in fashion and what types of jewellery suit different dress styles. Knowing more about different jewellery styles, materials, and designs will make the selection process easier.

Factors to Consider for Wedding Jewellery

Making the right choice of wedding jewellery needs careful consideration of your needs. Over and above researching other jewellers and stores to compare prices and selection, here are some other key factors to consider:


Do not forget to consider your budget when selecting wedding day jewellery. Although it can be tempting to splurge on diamond earrings or a statement necklace, it is essential to know what you can afford before committing to an item. The right pieces do not always come with hefty price tags. You can find beautiful and affordable items at local stores if you take the time to search. Remember that there are various sizes, shapes, and materials to choose from, so finding stunning jewellery that fits your budget is possible.

Personal Style

Your wedding day is a celebration of your individuality, so let your style shine through your jewellery choices. Find pieces that reflect your unique personality in subtle ways. If you love sparkle, consider shimmering earrings or a delicate diamond-embedded bracelet. Classic gold studs or bangles are perfect for an understated look. Remember, choosing pieces that match your style will make you feel confident and proud on your special day.


Comfort is key when it comes to choosing wedding day jewellery. You will be wearing your jewellery for hours, so it is important to choose lightweight materials such as gold or silver. Classic necklaces and subtle earrings are great options that still look beautiful while not causing any discomfort.

If you plan to wear multiple pieces or a statement necklace, make sure to consider the weight of each item and ensure that it will not weigh down your dress or cause discomfort throughout the day. Remember that your wedding day is a long event, so prioritize comfort to ensure a great experience.


When it comes to selecting jewellery for your wedding day, timing is crucial. If you are purchasing from an online store, make sure to order well in advance to allow plenty of time for delivery. If you are opting for custom-made pieces, factor in enough time for the jeweller to create and perfect your design. In addition, on the day of your wedding, make sure to allocate enough time to put your jewellery on without feeling rushed.

Wedding Color and Theme

When selecting your wedding jewellery, it is important to consider the colour scheme and theme of your wedding. For instance, if you are having a rustic barn wedding, choose pieces that incorporate wood or leather.

Alternatively, if you are hosting a beachside ceremony, opt for items made from mother-of-pearl or cubic zirconia stones to add a touch of elegance. Whatever the event, select jewellery that not only looks great but also matches your overall vision for the day.

Sentimental Value

Adding sentimental value to your wedding day jewellery is a beautiful way to make your accessories even more special. Consider selecting pieces that hold special meaning to you and your partner, such as your engagement ring or a necklace with your initials.

If there is no specific item with sentimental value, custom-made pieces can be crafted as a unique reminder of your big day. Personalized jewellery create long-lasting memories.

Final thoughts

Selecting the right jewellery for your wedding day can be overwhelming, but keeping in mind factors such as personal style, colour scheme, budget, and sentimental value can help make the process easier. Researching, planning, and prioritizing comfort are also important. Ultimately, choosing pieces that make you feel beautiful and reflect your unique personality is key.

Celebrity Brow Expert Tells Us How to Make Our Brows Look Younger

By Sarah Amelia Fogg, celebrity brow artist and founder of Brows by Sarah

It’s no surprise that as a woman ages, her eyebrows do too. The brow hairs gradually get thinner and sparser in certain areas. The shape of your brows will change with age as the tails and bulbs will start to recede. Brow hair also changes colour the same as your normal hair so if you start to go grey, your eyebrows will adopt this colour change as well. However, I think it’s important that we embrace ageing. Our facial features changing is not necessarily something to hide, but rather an indication of aging gracefully but it is perfectly understandable that some of us may prefer to keep our brows youthful for as long as possible and there are many ways to do so. 

Apply product correctly:

One of the most prominent areas that gives away your age is your brows. They are the most common area I see where people make mistakes that age them. Neglecting your brows completely can make you look older, especially if you have sparse brows. Similarly, going too heavy on the product can also age you. As we age, our brow arch naturally drops. So, if the defined look is what you’re after, avoid adding too much colour to the tail of your brow as overextending will draw your face down. In general, you want to avoid adding too much product so I recommend starting at the tail and then working inwards. Doing this can help you work with the natural shape of your brow, keep it looking fluffy and help you avoid applying too much product. Applying too much product in general is a common mistake that can age you whether that’s with your brow products, eyeliner or foundation. In general, less is more.

Avoid the tweezers:

One of my main pieces of advice is to avoid the tweezers unless you’re plucking from the glabella (the flat area between your eyebrows above your nose). Plucking hairs from around the arch and bulb can be detrimental to your brow health and growth as we never know how long it’ll take for those hairs to grow back, in some cases they may never return! Once the tweezers have been used, there’s no going back. So if you are looking to remove some brow hairs, I’d recommend going to a professional who can advise you on what is best. Otherwise, try to let your brows grow to help them fill in naturally and look fuller.”

Use a growth serum:

“If you want to try and grow your brows to fill them in naturally, without using a pencil to fill them in or having a brow treatment, a brow growth serum is everything. I formulated the Wow Brow growth mascara (a 3 in 1 brow product) that is clinically proven to naturally fill in your brows. The enhancing and thickening serum is available with the choice of two pigments. When applied daily, Wow Brow reactivates brow growth whilst stimulating keratin production, and strengthening weak and sparse brow hairs. It is rich in botanical extracts & peptides meaning it will not only promote hair growth but keep your brows looking and feeling healthy as well as sculpted and lifted all of the time” It’s all about being consistent with usage and having patience to see results.

Make your brows look fuller:

I also recommend using a strong clear brow gel to brush your brow hairs upwards and to create thicker, fluffy brows. This will get rid of sparse brows therefore resulting in a fuller-looking shape which will make you look younger. The Fluff It Up brow gel is so easy to use and lasts all day. It can be used with or without makeup but if using it with makeup be sure to use it at the end of your routine to get the full effect of the sculpt and lift. Apply with the brow spoolie, gently brushing in an upwards direction, starting at the bulb of the brow, making your way to the tail. Adding in a few subtle hair strokes with a precise pencil will also create the illusion of thicker brows.

Find the right shape for you:

Picking the right shape eyebrow is also an important part of securing youthful, fresh brows. I can’t stress enough how important it is to have the right eyebrow shape as your eyebrows can lift, define, and frame your whole face perfectly. Ensuring that they are symmetrical is another vital step of achieving flawless, younger-looking brows however it is very tricky to do so. Whatever look you’re going for, remember that our brows are extremely personal – it’s not ‘one size fits all’ and it’s certainly not about simply picking a style and sticking with it. We all have different needs and, of course, certain shapes will suit different faces. To find the right shape for you, which can be tricky to do, you want to map the bulb, arch, and tail of your brows using a pencil or the end of a makeup brush.  Start by placing your chosen tool on the side of your nose and angling towards the inner corner of your eye which will indicate where the bulb of your brow should start. Then, angle your tool over your eye (but not touching your eye) and this will indicate where your arch should be. The last step is angling the tool with the outer corner of your eye which will indicate where the tail end of your brow should be. I strongly recommend trying to honour your natural brow shape as this will suit you the best.

What Brand of Furniture Is the Best Quality in the UK?

When it comes to furnishing your home, finding the right furniture can make all the difference in creating a comfortable and stylish living space. With so many options on the market, it can be challenging to know which brand of furniture is the best quality in the UK. In this blog, we all explore the leading brand in the furniture industry in the UK.

What is Furniture in Fashion?

Furniture in Fashion is one of the biggest online furniture stores in the UK, offering a wide range of furniture styles, from traditional to modern, at competitive prices. Established in 2007, Furniture in Fashion has grown to become a popular brand in the UK furniture industry, with an extensive online presence and a showroom in Bolton.

What makes Furniture in Fashion stand out?

Furniture in Fashion offers a vast selection of furniture items, from sofas and beds to dining tables and chairs, all made from high-quality materials. Their furniture is not only stylish but also functional, designed to meet the needs of modern-day living.

One of the key things that make Furniture in Fashion stand out from other furniture brands is their commitment to quality. They source their materials from reputable suppliers and work with experienced craftsmen to ensure that each piece of furniture is made to the highest standards.

Another factor that sets Furniture in Fashion apart from other furniture brands is their competitive pricing. They offer affordable furniture without compromising on quality, making it accessible for everyone to create a stylish and comfortable living space.

Furniture in Fashion’s product range

Furniture in Fashion has a vast product range, with furniture items to suit all tastes and budgets. Here are some of the most popular furniture items that Furniture in Fashion offers:

  • Living room furniture
  • Bedroom furniture
  • Dining tables and chairs
  • Wardrobes
  • Tv stands
  • And a lot more

Furniture in Fashion’s customer service

Furniture in Fashion is committed to providing excellent customer service to their customers. They have a dedicated customer service team that is available to answer any queries or concerns that customers may have.

Why choose Furniture in Fashion?

If you’re looking for quality furniture at affordable prices, Furniture in Fashion is an excellent choice. With their vast product range, commitment to quality, and excellent customer service, Furniture in Fashion is one of the best furniture brands in the UK.

Buy furniture from our online store

If you’re ready to buy furniture from Furniture in Fashion, you can visit their website to browse their product range and make your purchase. Furniture in Fashion’s online store is easy to use, and you can filter your search by category and refine your search by price, style, and material, making it simple to find the perfect furniture for your home.

Furthermore, Furniture in Fashion offers a convenient online shopping experience, allowing customers to shop from the comfort of their own home. Their website is user-friendly, with detailed product descriptions, images, and customer reviews, helping customers make an informed decision.

In addition to their online store, Furniture in Fashion has a showroom in Bolton, where customers can view their products in person before making a purchase. The showroom is a great way to see the quality of their furniture and get a feel for the products before buying.

7 Ways to Upgrade Your Entrance?

When it comes to creating a beautiful and inviting home, a nice appeal is crucial. It can make a big difference to the value of your home. This is not only important if you want to sell your house but it’s also important for the radiation of your home. There are several techniques in order to improve the entrance of your home. Below, we list a few.

1. Upgrade your walkway

The walkway is the invitation that leads visitors to your front door. If it’s outdated or uneven, it can detract from the overall look of your entrance. You can upgrade the walkway by using other materials such as stone or brick in order to create a more cohesive look. Use carves in your walkway in order to break the monotony. There are many styles and colours and you can customize the look of the walkway to match the style of your home.

2. Add decorative accents

Decorative accents can add personality and charm to your entrance. They enhance a warm and welcoming feel to the visitors of your home. Some decorative accents can be a doormat, a plant, a nice flower pot or a sculpture. Keep in mind when choosing decorative accents that the style and colours fit the house style. For example if you have a country house, green and terra cotta colours will prevail.

3. Enlighten your entrance and façade

Lighting is a crucial part of mood creation. Lighting can make or break an atmosphere. Even when you arrive at the driveway, it is easy and atmospheric to provide lighting. This can be done in many ways. For example, you can use ground spots. The advantage of these is that they come nicely flush with the tile so you can’t trip over them. Another option is to install garden posts on which wall lights shine nicely down. Finally, installing wall lights in front of the facade is also very atmospheric. You can also connect these to a detector so they don’t stay on unnecessarily long. This is also an ideal way to deter unwanted visitors. In terms of light colour, it is best to use warm white light so that everything is pleasantly lit.

4. Use grass and shrubs

A front garden made entirely of bricks or stones is not attractive. Use grass to break up the monotony and make use of shrubs such as boxwood or yew. Use islands to group shrubs, whether around a tree or not. Ornamental grasses are also very popular. They can also be integrated into an island.

5. Take care of your driveway and facade

Every driveway requires maintenance. If you use clinkers, moss often needs to be removed. The clinkers also often need a good polish. Definitely do not use the jet of a pressure washer as you will create pits in the clinkers in which dirt and moss easily infiltrate. Use a brush for this. Pebbles require less maintenance. In that case, install gravel mats first. This prevents you from constantly sinking into the pebbles, making it feel more pleasant. Do not skimp on maintenance. Your driveway is your home’s calling card.

6. Create a water feature

Want to make it really attractive? Then install a pond, with or without a fountain. Nothing creates more tranquillity than hearing water making its way downhill.

7. Take charging stations into account

As electric cars become more and more popular, providing a charging station is now a necessity. There are now charging stations with multiple sockets so that several cars can charge at the same time. Make sure the charging station is close enough to the car and that the cables are concealed as far as possible.

How To Keep Documents Safe While Travelling

Travelling is an exciting part of life that can open up many wonderful opportunities and experiences. But while you are away from home, it’s important to make sure your important documents such as passports, visas, bank cards, and other travel paperwork stay safe. Here we will discuss how to keep all your documents safe while traveling so that you can enjoy your trip without worrying about losing or damaging them. 

1. Using a neck wallet

A neck wallet is a great way to store and protect your important documents while traveling. It’s a small pouch that hangs around your neck and can be tucked under clothing, making it hard for thieves to access your items. It also frees up your hands so you don’t have to worry about keeping them safe in your pockets or bags.  When packing a neck wallet, make sure to include all the essential documents you need including passports, IDs, credit cards, and other travel paperwork such as tickets or visas. Also, it’s a good idea to keep only what you need most on hand at all times, such as just one credit card instead of five plus some cash for emergencies. It’s also a good idea to photocopy all your documents, just in case the originals get lost or stolen.

2. Gather your documents in a folder

Another great way to keep your travel documents safe is to gather them all together in a single folder. This will make it easy for you to quickly access all the essential paperwork you need, and also prevent any items from getting lost or separated. It’s important to use a sturdy, waterproof folder because if it gets wet or damaged, all of your important documents could be ruined. You should also include some extra pockets inside the folder to hold smaller items such as business cards, hotel keys, or tickets securely. 

3. Securely lock up valuables

If possible, try to keep expensive items like jewelry and electronics locked up securely in a safe deposit box at your hotel or hostel. If this isn’t possible, make sure to keep them locked up in a safe place like your suitcase or locker when you are away from your accommodation. This is especially important if you’re traveling alone because it will prevent potential thieves from easily accessing and stealing your items. It’s also a good idea to photograph any items you are placing in a safe deposit box and keep the photos on your phone for reference, just in case you forget where you put them.

4. Separate documents into different bags

If you have multiple types of travel paperwork, such as passports and tickets for several people, consider separating the documents into different bags. This will help make sure that they don’t get mixed up and lost while in transit, making it easier to quickly access what you need when needed. There are many different types of bags available for travel, including small pouches and larger backpacks, so choose one that best suits your needs. If you’re traveling with multiple people, it can also be helpful to assign each person a different color bag for easy identification.

5. Scan all documents before departure

Next, it’s always a good idea to scan all of your travel documents before departure. This will help create a digital backup of all your paperwork in case it gets lost or destroyed while away from home. You should also save the scanned versions in multiple places, such as email and cloud storage, so you can access them from any device if needed. Finally, be sure to keep these copies secure with strong passwords that are unique to each account. 

6. Keep a duplicate copy of important documents

Also, it’s always best to keep a duplicate copy of all your important travel paperwork and store it securely in a different location. This way, if the original documents are lost or stolen you still have access to them. Consider leaving one copy at home with someone you trust, or even mailing it to yourself so that you can access it easily while abroad if need be. It’s also a good idea to make digital copies of these documents and store them in cloud storage as well, for added security. 

7. Use a travel app

Consider using a travel app to help protect your documents while away from home. Many apps offer features such as document scanning and digital storage capabilities, so you can easily access them when needed. Most of these apps also allow you to store other types of data such as tickets, reservations, and even currency exchange rates, so they are great for organizing all your information in one place. With the right app, you can make sure that all your important documents stay safe and secure while on the go!

8. Invest in tracking devices

Investing in tracking devices such as RFID wallets or passport holders can be a great way to keep your documents safe while traveling. These devices are designed to help you locate any lost or stolen items quickly so that you can get them back as soon as possible. They also come with added features such as locks and alarms to alert you if someone is trying to access your belongings without permission. 

Why is it important to keep documents safe while travelling?

It is incredibly important to keep your documents safe while traveling. This is because documents like passports, visas, and other forms of identification contain sensitive information about you, such as your name, address, date of birth, and other personal data that could be used for identity theft or fraud. Additionally, these documents are often necessary for entering foreign countries or boarding planes, so it’s essential to ensure they don’t fall into the wrong hands.  In today’s digital age, criminals have become increasingly adept at stealing data online through phishing scams and malware attacks. As a result, travellers need to take special precautions when it comes to keeping their documents secure while on the go; otherwise they risk having all this valuable information compromised. 

By following these simple tips, you can ensure that your important documents stay safe while traveling. From using a neck wallet to scanning all documents before departure, these strategies will give you peace of mind knowing that your papers are secure and easily accessible whenever necessary. So don’t forget to use them on your next adventure!

Most Innovative Traditional Swiss Restaurant 2023 – Lucerne

Located in one of the oldest and most historic buildings in Lucerne’s old town, Bündnerland Luzern offers space for up to 80 guests over three rustic, winding floors. The late Middle Ages seeps out of every slanted angle and gable of the restaurant’s old half-timbered building, which even features the original stable door, enabling it to blend in perfectly with the rest of the city’s stunning medieval architecture.

The pride and joy of award-winning young chef and owner, Fabian Dumitrache, Bündnerland Luzern offers the perfect fusion of traditional and modern in a unique gastro dining experience to be savoured.

Fabian Dumitrache’s passions lie in the Graubünden mountains, the city of Lucerne, and, of course, cuisine. After several years of cooking in a grand hotel in Flims and being the youngest ‘smutje’ of all time on the MS Europa II cruise ship, as well as a former member of the Swiss national team of chefs, he soon decided that his true desire was to offer his favourite dishes to his favourite city.

So, with a leap of faith, Fabian and his team were able to take over the empty, rural restaurant at Eisengasse 15 in Lucerne’s old town. Now, locals and tourists alike can experience alpine cosiness and the delicious flavours of Switzerland that are made a reality thanks to Fabian’s creative and specialist experimentation with the freshest of ingredients. This is done from the restaurant’s recently modernised kitchen which has been brought up-to-date with the latest technology, ensuring the team’s efficiency and giving the menu a real kick.

This menu is graced by a variety of delicious traditionally Swiss dishes, which can be available vegetarian and vegan on request, including pizokel (a vegetarian dish made out of curd dough scraped into thick pieces with cream from Molki Stans, Bündner mountain cheese, and vegetables, with fried chicken breast strips), maluns (a vegetarian dish made out of potato dough dumplings with Bündner mountain cheese and homemade applesauce), and capuns (spaetzli dough filled with bacon, salsiz, and raw ham coated with chard in a hay sauce, cooked with Bündner mountain cheese and Bündnerfleisch strips). Notably, the restaurant also offers the ultimate Swiss dish, The Three Alliances, which – you guessed it – features all three: pizokel, maluns, and capuns.

With courage and innovation, Fabian’s mouth-watering dishes come to life, with vegetarian and vegan options available as well as gluten-free, so everyone is welcome to experience the delightful tastes of Bündnerland Luzern. The team are able to freshly bake bread, including gluten-free bread, in 10 minutes, as well as serve a range of gluten-free meals such as the appetizer, Fabian’s Mici, which is baked beef sticks with raclette and a mild mustard dip, a favourite dish of Fabian from his childhood with Swiss influence.

One guest couldn’t get enough of this dish, saying, “A fabulous way to start my culinary visit in Lucerne. Fabian’s Mici was a delightful appetizer and meal; the bread was so perfect to accompany the glass of lovely Zurich Weiss white wine. Ambiance was genuine.”

These gloriously traditional dishes appear on the menu alongside a range of burgers, salads, cheese fondues, soups, flatbreads, and more. Then come the classics: beef tenderloin in the form of young Swiss premium cattle served on a hot stone for self-cooking with three different dips, hashbrowns, and lettuce; pork entrecôte aged on the bone, also served on a hot stone, with three different dips, market vegetables, and fried pizokel; bratwurst pork sausage aged on the bone with onion sauce, fried potatoes, and lettuce; and breaded pork schnitzel gratinated with tomatoes and Bündner mountain cheese with a leaf salad and hashbrowns.

Then for those who like to end their meal with something sweet, Bündnerland Luzern offers a variety of decadent Swiss desserts to leave one feeling satisfied. All of these desserts feature quality fresh cream provided by small Swiss dairy company, Molki Stans, as well as ice cream. First on the list is the Kaiserschmarrn from Graubünden, without sultanas but with cinnamon, almonds, and homemade applesauce. Also available are caramel patties, and warm white and dark chocolate cake, baked fresh in about eight minutes. Last but certainly not least, guests can opt for just ice cream, whether vanilla, chocolate, marzipan sour cherry, café crème, chocolat blanc croquant, strawberry, lemon, raspberry, or plum.

Just the sound of these dishes may have your mouth watering, and this highly appetising offering of Bündnerland Luzern is in fact award-winning. No stranger to an accolade, Bündnerland Luzern was named Best of Swiss Gastro 2022 (, being the only restaurant to achieve this title in that year, as well as only the third restaurant ever to bring this coveted first prize to Lucerne. Now, the restaurant celebrates more success with its recognition within LUXlife’s Restaurant and Bar Awards 2023, another highly deserved accomplishment that reflects the level of passion and expertise that goes into each and every course served by the team.

Alongside this recognition comes rave reviews from those who have experienced Bündnerland Luzern first-hand, the guests, who have rated it 5.9 stars overall for ambience, food and drinks, and service. One person shared their pleasure by saying, “Anyone who wants to enjoy surprisingly good Bündner specialties in Lucerne have come to the right place. The dessert menu also leaves nothing to be desired.”

Equally elated, another shares, “When I was looking for a small and cosy restaurant for a cheese fondue, I came across the Bündnerland restaurant. There are four fondues to choose from and it tasted excellent. The other dishes on the menu, such as capuns and pizokel, also very tasty. I can fully recommend this small and fine restaurant.”

Also overjoyed, someone else comments, “The host was very friendly, courteous, and served with a good sense of humour. Two tables were set up in the small “Stübli” for our group of six people. I really enjoyed the food and you could tell that it was fresh, and above all, did justice to the Graubünden style.”

A couple found it to be the perfect eatery for an evening out, too, saying, “We spent a very nice, romantic evening as a couple: excellent food, fantastic wine recommendations, a modern yet cosy ambience – and the best, friendliest service imaginable! Thank you for a lovely evening!”

Indeed, not only can guests not get enough of the food, but also the exceptional service delivered by the team. And it doesn’t end there. Bündnerland Luzern also offers Graubünden-style events, inviting the hosting of up to 80 guests at the venue, whether wedding, christening, birthday party, staff party – whatever the occasion, Fabian and the team believe there is always a reason to celebrate. They are happy to advise personally according to the client’s unique requirements, offering food and drinks according to their wishes, and always to meet their budget.

And thanks to the restaurant’s central location, all guests will be able to easily find their way to the celebration and back home again. For those guests who don’t live local, Bündnerland Luzern has five cosy rooms available in its old town house for overnight stays with space for up to 12 guests. At a fair price, its modern rooms invite guests for a comfortable stay in the middle of Lucerne’s old town. However, the restaurant is currently unable to offer breakfast inhouse, but can recommend the Heini bakery and confectionery, which is only a two-minute walk away.

When Bündnerland Luzern’s guests aren’t enjoying the comforts of their room or tucking into a delicious meal, they can venture out to explore the must-see landmarks and nature of Lucerne, featuring charming medieval architecture sitting on the edge of the clear blue Lake Lucerne, amid snow-capped mountains. Visitors can get lost in the rich history and culture, with a few places worth visiting including The Lion Monument and the nearby Glacier Garden, Musegg Wall, the Chapel Bridge, Hofkirche, and many more.

There is also a variety of exciting activities to take part in, whether a scenic Lake Lucerne boat ride; a stroll along the lakeside promenade lined with trees, cafes, and playgrounds; hiking, skiing, or taking a cogwheel train ride with panoramic mountain views; or pottering around the brightly coloured cobblestone shopping streets.

After a fun, and perhaps exhausting day of discovering Lucerne, guests can retreat to their room at Bündnerland Luzern, or having worked up an appetite, indulge in a hearty Swiss meal at the restaurant.

Ultimately, there’s no denying the all-round extraordinary experience provided by Fabian Dumitrache and the team at Bündnerland Luzern, whether it’s through food, service, events, or accommodation. And Fabian is certainly showing no signs of stopping any time soon, his ambition shining through in everything he does. Looking ahead, the future is no doubt bright for Fabian and his restaurant, and we are rooting for his continued success.

For business enquiries, contact Fabian Dumitrache from Bündnerland Luzern via email – [email protected] or on their website –

First Hampton by Hilton Opens Doors in City of London

New hotel brings Hampton by Hilton’s world class hospitality, value and quality to business and leisure travellers in the heart of London

Hampton by Hilton London City opens its doors to guests. The 278-room hotel, located in Osborn Street, East London, is the latest addition to the growing Hampton by Hilton portfolio and boasts unique Hampton by Hilton design elements to create a relaxing stay for business and leisure guests in the heart of the city.

Enviably located on the east side of the historic City of London district, Hampton by Hilton London City offers excellent proximity to some of London’s most iconic attractions, such as the Tower of London, The O2, St Paul’s Cathedral and Millennium Bridge. The new hotel is also within easy reach of Brick Lane and the vibrant and artistic neighbourhood of Shoreditch and its fashionable clubs, bars and eclectic dining scene.

The hotel offers a variety of accommodation types, from spacious king rooms to its 30 family-friendly rooms, each decorated in fresh and calming neutral tones with bold textiles and modern touches. In-room amenities include HDTV, complimentary Wi-Fi, Chromecast, and tea and coffee making facilities.

There is an open-concept communal lounge with soft seating and a bar area, offering guests a comfortable space to mingle and relax any time of the day. A fully equipped fitness centre provides high-quality strength training, core and cardio equipment, including treadmills, elliptical fitness training, recumbent cycles and a state-of-the-art Peloton Bike, helping guests maintain their health and fitness goals while travelling.

The contemporary on-site restaurant offers a free hot breakfast, including the Hampton by Hilton signature fresh breakfast waffles. For guests on the go, Hampton by Hilton offers On-the-Run™ breakfast bags.

Kaushik Subramanian, General Manager, Hampton by Hilton London City, said, “East London offers an exciting array of cultural and historical attractions, and we are delighted to bring the Hampton by Hilton experience to guests. We look forward to making our guests’ stays better and brighter with our signature friendly, authentic and thoughtful service.”

Jay Ahluwalia, Principal Director at Dominus, said, “We are delighted to announce the opening of Hampton by Hilton London City. We sensed there was an incredible opportunity here to make so much more of the existing building and unlock the value of this site. The hotel is ideally positioned between the corporate centre of the City of London and many of the capital’s cultural attractions, with Brick Lane and Shoreditch a stone’s throw away. This project is a testament to our ability to deliver market-leading assets and reflects our strong commitment to the hospitality sector. We’re thrilled to continue our partnership with Hilton and look forward to working together to create memorable experiences for our guests.”

Nightly room rates start at £150 including breakfast and VAT, with an option to book a fully flexible rate with free changes or cancellations up to 24 hours before arrival.

Hampton by Hilton London City is also part of Hilton Honors, the award-winning guest loyalty program for Hilton’s 19 distinct hotel brands. Members who book directly have access to instant benefits, including a flexible payment slider that allows members to choose nearly any combination of Points and money to book a stay, an exclusive member discount, free standard Wi-Fi and the Hilton Honors mobile app. Book direct at, through the Hilton Honors app or through other official Hilton channels for more perks and a price match guarantee. Hilton Honors members can redeem Points using the Points Explorer tool.

To celebrate the hotel’s opening, Hilton Honors members will earn an additional 1000 Points per night – up to a maximum of 5,000 Hilton Honors Points for bookings staying over Monday, Thursday, Friday or Sunday until the 5th of September 2023.

Hampton by Hilton London City is located at 12-20 Osborn Street, London, E1 6TE.

For more information, or to make a reservation, travellers may visit Hampton by Hilton London City or call +44 20 4512 9900.

The property is owned by Dominus and managed by Madison Cairn.

For more information on Hampton by Hilton please visit Stories from Hilton.

How to Plan the Perfect Luxury Vacation in Mississippi

Vacations are an amazing opportunity to recharge and unwind away from offices and customers. However, the perfect vacation doesn’t happen without some prior planning and preparations. 

So, if you want to feel like royalty on your vacation, you have to know how to prepare ahead. For instance, if you’re vacationing in Mississippi, you have to consider accommodation options, attractions, and events you may want to attend. 

But you’re in luck! Mississippi is a great vacation location for all budgets and preferences. You just need to know how to choose the ones that suit your needs.

In today’s article, we’ll list some of the most important aspects to consider when planning your luxury Mississippi vacation. So make sure to read until the end!

Find the Right Accommodation for Your Needs

Mississippi is a state with lots to offer in terms of tourist attractions and accommodations. You can choose anything from camping under the stars in the middle of nature to luxurious hotels and historic mansions. 

But if you want to experience true Southern hospitality and bask in the comfort of a luxurious location, you should choose one of the many historic mansions turned hotels or resorts. One such mansion is the Monmouth Historic Inn located in Natchez. This antebellum mansion was built in 1818 and is a National Historic Landmark.

The building is surrounded by 26 acres of manicured gardens where you can take a stroll and relax while admiring the majesty of nature. Besides the luxury lodging, you can also take historical tours of the house and enjoy the excellent Southern cuisine.

Mississippi also has a wide range of modern hotels that also offer luxury suits and accommodation features. However, if you’re traveling with a pet or small children, it’s a good idea to check with the property first. 

Focus on Music Festivals or Events That You Want to Attend

Mississippi has a rich musical heritage, particularly for blues, gospel, and country genres. The state is considered the birthplace of the blues, and many famous blues musicians, such as Robert Johnson, Charley Patton, and Muddy Waters, were born and raised here. 

Gospel music is also an important part of Mississippi’s musical heritage. Many famous gospel musicians, including Mahalia Jackson and the Dixie Hummingbirds, hail from Mississippi. The state also has a rich tradition of A Cappella gospel singing, which is still practiced in many rural communities today.

Moreover, there are many Mississippi music festivals and events throughout the year, so you should plan your vacation around them. If you want to attend, that is. If not, there are plenty of venues to listen to live music from famous performers and beginners.

Design Your Itinerary

Impressive forests, wandering trails, and glistening lakes are but a few of the attractions that keep tourists interested in visiting the Magnolia State. You also have plenty of historical landmarks to visit and various points of interest you can’t miss.

This is why you should do a bit of research and decide on what you want to see during your future trips. 

To help you out, here are some of the most popular attractions for first-time visitors to Mississippi: 

Vicksburg National Military Park: a park dedicated to the Civil War battle in Vicksburg, where you can learn about the history of the battle and explore historic monuments and markers.

Natchez Trace Parkway: a scenic drive stretching over 440 miles from Natchez, Mississippi, to Nashville, Tennessee. The parkway offers breathtaking views of the Mississippi countryside, as well as access to hiking trails, historic sites, and other recreational activities.

Gulf Islands National Seashore: located on the Gulf Coast of Mississippi, this national park offers pristine beaches, clear blue waters, and opportunities for swimming, boating, and fishing. Visitors can also explore historic forts and other cultural sites within the park.

Wrap Up

The Magnolia State will welcome you with stunning landscapes, impressive history and culture, and delicious Southern cuisine. So, if you plan your trip well, there’s nothing left but to enjoy a comfortable vacation once you get there.

Elevate Your Home’s Style with These Luxury Living Room Ideas

The living area of your home is much more than just a place where you sit and watch television. It’s where you entertain guests, unwind after a long day, and spend quality time with loved ones. So why settle for a lacklustre space that doesn’t reflect your personal style? If you’re ready to take your home’s interior design to the next level, consider incorporating some luxurious touches into your living room. From plush fabrics to statement lighting, there are endless ways to elevate your space and create a truly upscale atmosphere. In this article, we’ll explore some of the best luxury living room ideas to help you transform your space into a sophisticated sanctuary that you’ll love spending time in. So whether you’re looking to update your current décor or starting from scratch, get ready to be inspired and take your home’s style to new heights.

Hire Local Painters And Decorators To Help Create Your Vision

If you’re not sure where to start, consider hiring local painters and decorators to help bring your vision to life. A professional can help you choose the right colours, fabrics, and textures that will work best for your space and your lifestyle. They can also help you select the right furniture and accessories to create a cohesive look that flows seamlessly from room to room. By helping you avoid costly mistakes and ensuring that your space looks and feels precisely how you want it to, working with a professional can ultimately save you time and money.

When choosing painters and decorators near you, look for someone who has experience working with luxury spaces and who understands your personal style. Be sure to ask for references and check their portfolio to get a sense of their design aesthetic, and you can do this by searching for a painter or decorator near me on MyBuilder. You want to do business with a professional who is open to your needs and preferences and will assist you in reaching the goals you want to achieve for your living room.

Carefully Consider The Colour Palette

The colour palette you choose for your living room can have a significant impact on the overall feel of the space. If you’re going for a luxurious look, consider opting for rich, bold hues like navy, emerald green, or burgundy. These colours can create a sense of warmth and intimacy in the room, making it feel more inviting and comfortable. If you prefer a lighter, airier feel, consider lighter shades like cream, beige, or pale grey. These colours can create a sense of calm and tranquillity in the space, making it feel more relaxing and serene.

Invest In Plush Fabrics

One of the simplest ways to create a luxurious look in your living room is to invest in plush, high-quality fabrics. Consider adding a soft, fluffy rug to the floor or draping a velvet throw over your sofa. These simple touches can instantly elevate the look and feel of the room, making it feel more inviting and comfortable.

Use Symmetry To Create Balance

Symmetry is an essential element of luxury design, as it creates a sense of balance and harmony in the space. When arranging your furniture, aim for symmetry wherever possible. For example, place two identical armchairs on either side of your sofa, or flank your fireplace with two matching bookcases. Symmetry can create a sense of order and structure in the room, making it feel more put-together and cohesive. It can also help to create a focal point in the space, drawing the eye to a particular area and making it feel more intentional.

Install Statement Lighting

Lighting is a vital component of every living room’s design, and it can have a big impact on the way the space feels altogether. If you want to create a luxurious atmosphere, consider installing statement lighting fixtures that make a bold impact. Chandeliers, pendant lights, and floor lamps can all add a touch of glamour and sophistication to the room, making it feel more grand and opulent.

Upgrade The Flooring

If your living room flooring is looking tired or outdated, consider upgrading to a more luxurious option. Hardwood floors are a classic choice and can add warmth and elegance to your space. Alternatively, you could opt for a plush carpet or a statement rug to add texture and comfort to your living room.

Dress Your Windows With High-Quality Curtains Or Blinds

Window treatments are a frequently overlooked component of the decorating process, yet they can have an enormous effect on the entire appearance and feel of your living room. Consider investing in high-quality curtains or blinds to add a touch of luxury to your space. Silk or velvet curtains can add warmth and texture to your living room, while shutters or wooden blinds can create a more traditional, elegant look. When selecting window treatments, consider how they will work with your existing decor and furniture, as well as how much natural light you want to let into your space.

Use Mirrors To Maximise Light

Mirrors are a great way to add light and depth to your living room. They reflect natural light and can make your space feel brighter and more spacious. Consider hanging a large mirror over your fireplace or sofa or creating a gallery wall of smaller mirrors to add interest and dimension.

Reupholster Tired, Old Furniture

If your living room furniture is looking tired and outdated, consider reupholstering it to give it a fresh new look. This can be a cost-effective way to update your space without having to buy all new furniture. When selecting new upholstery, consider the colour and texture of your existing furniture and decor. You want to choose a fabric that will complement your space and create a cohesive look. Don’t be afraid to choose bold, eye-catching fabrics that will make a statement in your living room.

Choose Stylish Built-In Shelving

Built-in shelving can be a great way to add storage and display space to your living room while also creating a sense of luxury and sophistication. Consider installing floor-to-ceiling shelves with custom lighting to showcase your favourite books, artwork, and decorative objects.

Pay Attention To The Finishing Touches

Finally, don’t forget to pay attention to the finishing touches that bring your living room design together. From artwork to decorative accessories, these small details can make a big impact on the overall look and feel of your space. Choose artwork that complements your colour palette and adds visual interest to your walls. Select decorative accessories, such as candles, vases, and sculptures, that enhance the style and atmosphere of your living room. And don’t forget to add personal touches, such as family photos or mementoes, that make your space feel uniquely yours.

Wrapping Up

Your living room is an important space that should reflect your personal style and make you feel comfortable and relaxed. However, transforming your living room into a luxurious, sophisticated space doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. By incorporating luxurious touches, such as plush fabrics, statement lighting, and built-in shelving, you can create an upscale atmosphere that elevates your home’s interior design. So get ready to elevate your home’s style and transform your living room into a sophisticated sanctuary that you’ll never want to leave.

How To Stay Safe In The Sun When Travelling  

It’s no secret that tanning can give you a beautiful bronze glow, but it also comes with some serious risks. Sun exposure is the leading cause of skin cancer, and even if you don’t end up with melanoma or another type of skin cancer, too much sun exposure can lead to premature aging and wrinkles. But there are ways to still enjoy the outdoors without putting yourself in danger. Here are some tips on how to stay safe in the sun and protect your skin from damage.

1. Sunscreen

It’s essential to wear sunscreen when you’re out in the sun, and it should be reapplied every two hours, or more frequently if you’re swimming or sweating. Make sure the SPF of your sunscreen is at least 30 and that it provides broad-spectrum protection from both UVA and UVB rays. You can find popular korean sunscreens and japanese sunscreens with different factors. If you’ll be outside for a prolonged period of time, look for a sunscreen that has SPF 50 or higher. And don’t forget to protect your lips too: apply lip balm with an SPF of 15 or higher. Additionally, you may want to look into sunscreens that contain antioxidants, which can help protect your skin from free radical damage.

2. Wear Protective Clothing

When exposed to the sun, it is important to wear protective clothing. This includes wearing hats, long-sleeved shirts, and pants that are made from materials that provide a barrier between your skin and the sun’s damaging rays. It is also important to use sunscreen with an SPF of at least 30 as this will help protect your skin against UV radiation. A high-quality pair of sunglasses can also help filter out harmful UV rays and make sure you don’t suffer from snow blindness or eye damage due to too much exposure to the sun. While you may be tempted to wear shorts or tank tops, it’s important to remember that this type of clothing won’t offer the same level of protection as long-sleeved garments. 

3. Avoid Peak Sun Hours

It is important to avoid the peak sun hours when going out in the sun—this means from 10 am to 4 pm. During these times, the UV index can be at its highest, putting you at risk for skin damage and an increased chance of developing skin cancer. And if you’re fair-skinned or have a family history of skin cancer, it’s even more important to stay out of the sun during these peak hours. You should also avoid spending too much time outdoors in direct sunlight on especially warm days; seek shade whenever possible and stay hydrated by drinking plenty of water regularly. When in doubt, always apply more sunscreen. 

4. Regular Skin Checks

Regularly checking your skin for any changes or irregularities is an essential part of protecting yourself from the dark side of tanning. You should check all exposed areas of your body and pay special attention to moles, freckles, and other spots on your skin that may be susceptible to sun damage. If you notice any changes in size, shape, or color, be sure to see a doctor right away. Additionally, it’s important to remember the ABCDE rule when examining moles: A stands for asymmetry (if one half differs greatly from the other), B stands for the border (is the border irregular?), C stands for color (are there more than one?), D stands for diameter (anything larger than 6mm needs to be looked at by a doctor), and E stands for evolution (if the mole is changing it needs to be examined). 

5. Seek Professional Advice 

If you’re concerned about your skin health when it comes to tanning, be sure to talk to a dermatologist. They can advise on the best measures for sun protection and they will be able to give a more accurate idea of how much UV exposure is safe for you based on your skin type. Additionally, if you have any pre-existing medical conditions, such as lupus or diabetes, that may make you more vulnerable to skin damage from the sun, then it’s important to get tailored advice. A dermatologist can also help identify signs of skin cancer and provide treatments should anything develop. 

6. Know Your Risks

It’s important to remember that any kind of sun exposure increases your risk for skin cancer, so knowing the risks is key to staying safe. People with fair skin and those who spend a lot of time out in the sun are at an increased risk. People with weakened immune systems as well as those taking certain medications can also be more prone to the damage caused by sunlight. Additionally, underlying medical conditions such as lupus or diabetes can make the skin even more sensitive to ultraviolet light. Knowing your risks and talking to a dermatologist about what precautions you should take are essential for protecting your skin from UV rays this summer. 

7. Stay Informed

It’s important to stay informed about the latest research and news relating to skin health. The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) is a reliable source of up-to-date information on the latest skincare trends, safety tips, and treatments. Additionally, many skincare experts have their own websites or blogs where you can find even more valuable advice. By staying in touch with what’s happening in the world of dermatology, you can make sure that you’re taking all necessary precautions to protect your skin while tanning. Also, consider following the hashtag #SunSafety to stay in touch with the latest news and advice.

Tanning may seem like a great way to get that golden glow, but the dark side of tanning should not be ignored. By following these tips and staying informed about the risks of ultraviolet radiation, you can make sure that you stay safe in the sun this summer. Remember to check your skin regularly for any changes or irregularities, talk to a doctor if you’re concerned, and always wear sunscreen. By taking these steps, you can enjoy a summer of safe tanning. It’s important to understand that although tanned skin may look good, it can be dangerous.  

LUXlife Magazine Announces the Winners of the 2023 Restaurant & Bar Awards

United Kingdom, 2023 – LUXlife magazine has revealed the winners of this year’s Restaurant & Bar Awards.

The LUXlife Restaurant and Bar Awards programme is designed to award and celebrate the world’s finest food and drink establishments of the past year, recognising the hard work, efforts and dedication of the people who work behind the scenes to deliver customers a luxurious dining and drinking experience.

This year we pamper our senses as we explore a myriad of businesses innovating the industry. Our Awards programme guides us through some of the best dishes, drinks, and locations to enjoy these experiences. Let us take you on a journey where you can vividly imagine tasting and smelling each meal and beverage on offer from our selection of winners.

On the success of this year’s programme, our Awards Coordinator, Holly Blackwood commented: “It has been a fantastic experience working with our winners this year. They have shown their expert skillset to be an experience in itself. From their service to their products they satisfy each and every customer whenever they are in need of some indulgence and sophistication. Congratulations!”

To find out more about these prestigious awards, and the dedicated establishments that have been selected for them, please visit where you can view our winners supplement and full winners list.



Notes to Editors

About LUX Life

LUXlife Magazine ( is a premium lifestyle publication which was founded in 2015 by the publishing company AI Global Media Ltd. Distributed to a circulation of 94,000 globally, LUXlife focuses on a range of topics within the luxury lifestyle industry, featuring articles on, fashion, beauty, fine dining, travel, luxury real estate and much more. Within our pages you’ll find everything from product news and reviews to in-depth pieces on trends, features and comment; all designed to inform, entertain and inspire.

About AI Global Media

Since 2010 AI Global Media ( has been committed to creating engaging B2B content that informs our readers and allows them to market their business to a global audience. We create content for and about firms across a range of industries.

Today, we have 14 unique brands, each of which serves a specific industry or region. Each brand covers the latest news in its sector and publishes a digital magazine and newsletter which is read by a global audience. Our flagship brand, Acquisition International, distributes a monthly digital magazine to a global circulation of 85,000, who are treated to a range of features and news pieces on the latest developments in the global corporate market.

Alongside this, we have a luxury-lifestyle magazine, LUXlife, which appeals to a range of high-net-worth individuals, offering them insight into the latest products, experiences and innovations to ensure they can live the high-life to its fullest.

The Best Regions for Luxury Wine Travel in France

France is renowned worldwide for its delectable cuisine and fine wines. It’s one of the world’s biggest producers of wine, producing around 7 to 8 billion each year. Because of this, you’ll come across vast stretches of vineyards in the country. The wine regions of France are not only famous for their delicious wine – they also boast incredibly stunning sceneries, combining fairy-tale chateaux, scenic lavender fields, and verdant vineyards. To help you navigate the country’s wine regions, refer to our list of the best regions for luxury wine travel in France.

1. The Loire Valley

Located in central France, the stunning Loire Valley is renowned for its fairy-tale chateaux, scenic countryside, and bountiful vineyards that produce some of the world’s best wines. Stretching along the Loire River, the valley boasts fertile farmlands, dubbed the “Garden of France.” If you want to combine your wine tour with exploring the country’s most beautiful places, visit the Loire Valley.

The Loire Valley produces an astonishing variety of wines, from Cabernet Franc to Sauvignon Blanc and Pinot Noir. Aside from having over a thousand kilometres of wine route, the Loire is home to historic wineries and fascinating wine districts. Over a thousand vineyards are open to the public for a tour, and about 400 have specially accredited wine cellars. 

As you explore these incredible wineries, you will have a chance to meet with winemakers to learn more about the different wine varieties and sample some of them. With numerous wine cellars, excellent wine-tasting tours and boat cruises gliding through rows of scenic vineyards, the Loire Valley is a fantastic destination for luxury wine travel in France.

2. Burgundy

Sitting in the heart of France and sandwiched between Paris and Lyon, Burgundy has a burgeoning wine industry. Aside from producing excellent quality wine, Burgundy delights visitors with its delectable cuisine, medieval abbeys, Renaissance chateaux, and beautiful stone-walled villages. 

As one of the most picturesque regions of France, Burgundy seems like it’s from the pages of a fairy-tale book, with majestic castles all around. It’s home to some of France’s most magnificent structures, such as Château de Cormatin and Château d’Ancy le Franc, giving off an old-world charm. Burgundy’s vineyards are some of the finest in France, with several rows of vines producing vast wine varieties, including Pinot Noir, Beaujolais, and Beaujolais.

Burgundy is more than just a wine region – the region’s capital city, Dijon, is fun to explore on foot. It’s where the Dukes of Bourgogne used to reside, which are the rulers of Burgundy during France’s Ancien Régime. You’ll love strolling through Dion’s narrow cobblestone streets with its gothic cathedral and honey-coloured houses. Check out the city of Beaune, home to enchanting wine caves, a fascinating Hospice, and bustling food markets. Book a private guided wine tour, taking you to the best wineries of Burgundy with a stop at the region’s charming cities.

3. Paris 

Paris may be the last place on your mind when going for a luxury wine travel in France, but it has plenty to delight wine lovers of all kinds. There are some wonderful and bespoke tours around Paris, and joining these tours, with high class travel companies such as Premier Tours and Travel, is the best way to try out the finest wine varieties in the city. 

Champagne, the world-renowned sparkling wine, is the aperitif of choice in France. So when in Paris, forget about the trendy cocktails. Instead, head to the city’s best wine bars and indulge in a bottle of free-flowing champagne. The best way to sample the best wines in Paris is to join a wine-tasting tour and visit the best wine bars to sample the country’s bounty.

The fun wine-tasting tours of Paris will take you to delightful wine bars for the day, led by professional French sommeliers. They will deliver an extensive tasting of France’s award-winning wines in some of the city’s best wine bars. You can choose from different wine-tasting sessions. At the end of your tour, you’ll learn how to pair French wine with food and distinguish notable characteristics of French wine from other varieties.

4. Champagne

The lush valleys of Champagne are renowned worldwide for producing the sparkling wine that was, in fact, named after the region. With over 80,000 acres of rolling hills, Champagne is an ideal destination for a wine tour. Aside from champagnes, it produces other delicious wine varieties, such as Pinot Noir and Chardonnay. Boasting verdant landscapes, Champagne is also home to picturesque towns, Reims and Épernay. So, during your wine tour of Champagne, take the time to do a bit of sightseeing.

You can enjoy a wine tour in the region and explore the cities along the Champagne Route, where you visit family-run vineyards and cellars. In Reims, you’ll find a 13th Century Reims Cathedral, a UNESCO-listed site featuring marvellous Gothic architecture and Ruinart, the town’s oldest Champagne House. Meanwhile, the picturesque village of Épernay is home to the world-renowned Perrier-Jouët and Moët & Chandon wineries.

No visit to the region is complete without some champagne tasting. During your estate tour, you’ll delve behind the scenes of champagne production and learn more about the traditional method of producing this world-famous sparkling wine.

5. Versailles

A decadent symbol of French royal power and influence, the Palace of Versailles is definitely worth a visit on your luxury holiday in France. And you’d be glad to know that it’s possible to combine your visit to the town with a wine-tasting tour. 

Many tours to Versailles will include an opportunity to sample some of the best wine varieties in France. You will visit a wine shop and meet with an oenologist who will present carefully selected red and white wine varieties you can pair with sweet and savoury bites. 

While Versailles is famous for the Palace of Versailles, you can find many other things to enjoy in this lovely place. So, after your wine-tasting tour, take the time to explore its famous attractions. If you already have your fill of the palace and its ornate gardens, visit the Royal Opera of Versailles, the Grand Trianon, and the Versailles Cathedral.

Bali Bliss: The Reimagined Kulkul Beach House Returns to Nusa Dua’s White-Sand Shores as an Idyllic and Chic Seaside Retreat

One of Bali’s most beautiful beaches, Nusa Dua is back to its blissful best this month following the reopening of Kulkul beach house. A much-loved local institution on the vanilla-white Nusa Dua shoreline, the fully renovated beach house has returned with thoughtfully reimagined interiors and updated menus that include some of Indonesia’s most innovative cocktails – all on offer just steps away from the warm waters of the shimmering Indian Ocean.

Its name a reference to the traditional Balinese wooden bells that invite locals to gather for special moments and ceremonies, Kulkul is an idyllic social setting tailor-made for languid days by the beach – the vibe here is intentionally relaxed rather than raucous. Soundtracked by a mellow mix of house and Mediterranean music, lazy days here are best spent lounging outdoors in pillowy cabanas by the 12- metre adults-only swimming pool or lingering over laid-back afternoons in the shade. Generous cocktails provide two distinct opportunities to mark a special night, either as the setting sun turns the skies pink and the ocean golden or after darkness has fallen and starlight sparkles on the water.

Though Kulkul always operated with consideration for its surroundings and its sustainability responsibilities, its closure provided the longstanding team with the opportunity to reassess its offering more thoroughly. This time round, the Kulkul kitchen returns with a greater emphasis on zero-waste drinking and dining. Still spotlighting as much produce as possible from local partners, the all-day menu features a range of vegetarian and vegan options alongside traditional comfort foods and superb seafood specialities.

Its fresh-as-can-be and fuss-free menu provides guests with a perfect complement of casual light bites to enjoy with drinks throughout the day and evening. Easy-to-share options include deliciously crumbly seafood croquettes served with beetroot salad and punchy wasabi aioli; the signature ‘About Pumpkin’ dish is a sunny burst of roasted pumpkin with pumpkin purée and pumpkin flowers. Infused with squid ink, the smoked salmon macarons come with a cool dollop of sour cream. For dessert, homemade coconut, raspberry or strawberry sorbets are wonderfully refreshing, while rich chocolate tarts are balanced with passionfruit.

For cocktail connoisseurs, Kulkul’s drinks menu features inventive pours that rival the beautifully presented creations you might expect to find in the world’s most famous drinking destinations. Having studied emerging trends, the bar team’s signature drinks make novel use of nitrogen, smoke, foam and ice. Try the N20 cocktail, which is made exclusively from locally sourced ingredients such as arak, coffee and honey. The team use a novel Nitro cold-brew technique to turbocharge its flavours, and the chilled drink’s thirst-quenching qualities make it particularly popular on especially hot days.

Also popular are the bar’s sparkling spritzers, including the Negritzer. This effervescent spin on the classic Negroni features Campari, sweet vermouth, angostura bitters and sparkling wine. Other favourites include the Piña Espumada, which blends coconut rum with juicy local pineapples and freshly blended coconut cream. A distinctly Indonesian interpretation of the classic Bloody Mary, the Sambal Mary mixes arak and homemade tomato sambal with lemon juice, tabasco and Worcestershire sauce.

All those offerings combine to create a chilled-out setting that carries the everybody’s-welcome atmosphere of a relaxed bohemian party. Guests are encouraged to lounge around all day and night, perhaps cooling down in the pool, taking in those incredible Indian Ocean views or reconnecting over cocktails and canapés (though an ambient soundtrack plays throughout the week, the melody picks up pace a touch on Friday and Saturday evenings, when friends can listen to live DJ sets as they sip their sundowners). With the Nusa Dua shoreline just steps away, visits can be supplemented by snorkelling discoveries and romantic waterfront strolls along palm-lined soft sands. Relaxed, carefree and welcoming, the new Kulkul is the perfect place to luxuriate in the serene spirit of Bali.

Kulkul (Instagram @kulkulbeachhouse; phone number +62 361 771 327) relaunched on 18 April and is open daily from 10am to 11pm.

Attracting Love: Is Red the Ultimate Colour to Wear on a First Date? 

Our deep yearning for true love often results in engaging in innocent rituals to help us attract ‘the one’.  

We manifest, we write our affirmations, and we fill our rooms with rose quartz crystals in a bid to find our soulmate. There is another trick we can add to our bag of manifestations that draws on psychology. First dates are our chance to present ourselves in the best light.  

On our first dates, we can infuse a little magic and intention into how we dress to increase our chances of spurring the chemistry between us and our date. 

According to colour psychology, each colour has a certain influence on our energy field and how one feels. So, what colours should you wear on your first date for the ultimate love-binding experience? 

The power of the colour red 

Red, the colour of passion, certainly has a tantalising effect on people. It’s no surprise that when we’re meeting someone we have an infatuation for, we often don our seductive red dress. 

A study found that women who are anticipating an interaction with an attractive man tend to display more red, either on their clothing, make-up, or accessories. Vice versa, women shunned red if they were expecting an interaction with an unattractive man. 

Red, the colour of passion, certainly has connotations of love, desire, and passion. It is a bold colour that when featured in our clothing can help us harness the art of seduction. Not only that, red is also associated with power and confidence – and can help boost one’s energy and excitement. 

In another study, men were shown pictures of the same woman wearing a blue and a red shirt, and the majority found the one wearing red more attractive. 

How to include red in your romance strategy 

Now that you know that red can have such a power over how others perceive you and your own self-confidence, how do you include it in your romance strategy? 

Donning a red dress, of course, is a bold move that will certainly yield the results you’re looking for.  

You can go for a red tea dress and pair it with mid-heel sandals for an elegant yet alluring look. If you’re going for dinner and cocktails, then a red bodycon dress matched with heels and a classy black handbag will match the setting. 

Not all dates call for a preppy look. Even if you’re going to the movies or on a lunch date, you can still wear red with confidence.  

Jeans and a red blazer, or a red power suit, which is coming back in fashion this year, will boost your poise. Pair them with statement jewellery and don’t shy away from silver, which is also enjoying a fashion comeback. 

Depending on the season, you can dress up or down your outfit with the help of layers. A knitted red dress paired with a leather jacket and ankle boots is the perfect combo for an autumn walk in the part.  

For a summer encounter with your lover-to-be, a red sundress with floral motifs, flat sandals and a cross-body bag will shine the light on you. 

There are many nuances of red you can wear, but if you want to be in line with the fashion trends, then go for this year’s key colours – Fiery Red for spring / summer and Viva Magenta or Red Dahlia for autumn / winter. 

Don’t fancy wearing red? Accessorise it. 

If you’re not really a red outfit person because red doesn’t suit your complexion or you don’t want to dress loudly, you can find subtle ways to include the colour of passion into your romance strategy through your accessories. 

A red handbag can do wonders in terms of elevating your outfit and making a fashion statement. You can pair it with a black dress or a jumpsuit for a classy and elegant evening look, or use it to highlight a white summer dress.  

If you’re going for a more casual style, a red handbag can tie your jeans and a blouse outfit together. 

And if you’re feeling extra daring in terms of your date night dressing, you can go for the ultimate fashion statement – a matching bag and shoes.  

This trend is emerging loudly on the horizon this year, so if you want to channel both your inner magnetism and astute fashion sense, try it out. 

Finding love is one of the most beautiful things we can all experience. If you want to boost your chances of finding the one or simply feel attractive for the night, then consider adding red to your romance strategy! 

Fossil Announces Star Wars Collection – Launching on 4th May – In Celebration of Return of the Jedi

In honour of 40 years of Star Wars: Return Of The JediTM, Fossil is excited to announce our Star Wars x Fossil collection, launching globally on the widely celebrated, fan-favourite day – the 4th of May. Exceptionally crafted downto the very last detail, the capsule of watches and jewellery pays homage to the iconic characters and symbols of the Rebellion.

“We’re thrilled to share this special collection celebrating a story that has made such a cultural impact on generations and that, like Fossil, evokes a feeling of nostalgia for so many,” says Melissa Lowenkron, Chief Brand Officer. “Made for fans by fans—we’re excited for people to discover the intricate details inspired by the film and to collect their favourite pieces from this exceptional collaboration.”

The Star Wars x Fossil collection launches with six limited edition timepieces, all meticulously designed in celebration of the film’s most beloved Rebels. Each individually numbered watch is packaged in a collector’s box – showcasing comic book style illustrations and a replica movie ticket pin – and features quintessential character details, including:

  • LukeSkywalkerTM (£269): The battle between the light and dark sides of theForceTM plays out on the dial of this piece – complete with Luke’s glowinggreen lume Lightsber™ as the second hand and invisible blue lume Force lightning that glows in the dark.
  • Leia OrganaTM(£269): Featuring an innovative time-telling mechanism, this design is inspired by Leia’s iconic EndorTM look with an invisible lume Rebellion sign that glows in the dark, padded leather strap that recalls her helmet and etched braid caseback detail.
  • HanSoloTM (£269): This redesign of our Fossil Heritage watch has aneffortlessly laid back feel due to the rich leather saddle strap with goldenyellow pant stripe detail and matching accents on the dial.
  • ChewbaccaTM(£269): Featuring a debossed fur texture on the dial and rivetdetails on the strap, this piece recalls Chewie’sTM signature bandolier.
  • R2-D2TM(£379): This timepiece is crafted around an applied, stamped and printed dimensional R2-D2TM inspired frame, Japanese automatic movement, minute hand shaped like the droid’s repair tool arm and aday/night indicator with lume-filled Rebel sign.
  • C-3POTM(£379): The beloved droid comes to life on this square-shapedcase with a gold- tone C-3POTM face inspired frame, exposed automatic movement, silver-tone lug that matches C-3PO’sTM silver leg, and a caseback detail inspired by etched droid cabling.

Alongside the limited edition watch assortment, Star Wars x Fossil also offers five special edition watches with comic-book style graphic dials, silicone straps and classic tins for £159.

Fans can further wear the Force with our special edition Star Wars x Fossil jewellery collection featuring designs of fan-favourite characters – YodaTM, R2-D2TM and C-3POTM – and iconography in semi-3D silhouettes and signaturecraftsmanship. The gold-tone charm necklace (£85), charm bracelet (£119) and earring stud set (£85) feature green aventurine and subtle shine, while our hoop earrings (£55) showcase the Rebellion logo. The capsule also includes two ID plaque necklaces (£75) inspired by the beloved droids – the silver-tone necklace has an ID plaque with an etched R2-D2TM inspired design and second plaque with a brushed finish, while the gold-tone necklace features an etched C-3PO™ inspired design plaque and second plaque with a hammered effect.

Visit and select Fossil retail stores to shop Star Wars x Fossil beginning May 4, and follow @Fossil to stay up to date on future launches coming soon.


Fossil is a leading global lifestyle accessories brand inspired by creativity and ingenuity. We create timeless, well crafted leather goods, jewellery and watches to accessorise a joyful, inspired life. In everything we do, we strive to Make Time For Good™, working to create positive change for our people and communities.

STAR WARS and related properties are trademarks and/or copyrights, in the United States and other countries, of Lucasfilm Ltd. and/or its affiliates. © & TM Lucasfilm Ltd.

4 Out-of-the-Box Ideas for Adult Birthday Parties

Adult birthday parties can get boring and monotonous, but they don’t have to be. If you are looking for inspiration for out-of-the-box and fun birthday party ideas, you have come to the right place. We have highlighted four out-of-the-box ideas for adult birthday parties.

Themed Birthday Party

One unique idea is to host a birthday party with a theme. That means all your guests have to dress up according to the theme, and the decoration also has to match the theme. If you want to take it to the extreme, you can even have the food match the theme.

Most people throw birthday parties with the ’60s or ’80s theme, but you have a lot of other choices. For example, if you throw a birthday party for someone in October, you could go with a Halloween-themed birthday party. Ensure you inform all the guests about the theme beforehand so they have enough time to prepare and dress up accordingly.

Scavenger Hunts

Another out-of-the-box birthday party idea for adults is to have your friends compete in a scavenger hunt. This will allow your guests to work together, decipher clues, win against each other, and have a lot of fun. To organize a scavenger hunt, you have to decide on a location and how many people you are inviting to the party. Typically on warm and sunny days, an outdoor scavenger hunt is the better option, whereas if the weather is not favorable for outdoor activities, you can hold the scavenger hunt indoors.

Rather than having your guests look for objects during the scavenger hunt, you can have them solve puzzles to locate each item on the list. Scavenger hunts typically have a winner who gets some prize. For prizes, you can have a gift card for a store, or you have tickets for a concert or private screening. Click here to learn more about private screening in New York.

Go Camping

As an adult, you want to enjoy some time with friends and family, and the perfect way to do that is by organizing a camping trip for a birthday party. Of course, you can do more traditional camping, which includes trekking and camping in the wild or have a cozy bonfire under the stars with delicious food, nice music, and some outdoor games. This is one of the best and most unique ways to throw a birthday party and create special memories with your family and friends.

Host a Video Game Night

Video game nights are becoming increasingly popular. They are also a great way to celebrate a birthday. You can get your controllers out and spend the night playing video games with your friends or have fun playing board games with your friends. Ensure that you have multiplayer games so all of your guests have the opportunity to play. Avoid games that are too challenging so everyone can enjoy playing. Keep snacks and drinks so the guests have something to munch on while playing.

Celebrate King Charles III’s Coronation at The Belfry Hotel & Resort

The Belfry Hotel & Resort, located in the heart of the country in North Warwickshire, is offering two new packages and a special afternoon tea during May to mark the coronation of King Charles III. Guests visiting on 6th May will be able to watch the Coronation at the hotel as it will be shown on all screens across the resort.

Served in The Brabazon Bar, the chefs at The Belfry have curated a quintessentially British Afternoon Tea, fit for royalty, with treats including finger sandwiches and a warm sausage roll as well as cakes and pastries, all served with plain and fruit scones, West Country clotted cream, and Tiptree strawberry jam. Guests will be looked after by a trained tea sommelier who will help them choose from dozens of hand-picked tea blends which pair perfectly with the sweet and savoury treats.

The stately spread is served on the finest Royal Crown Derby China and includes a Union mac – a strawberry and cream macaron embellished with a Union Jack flag; sherry berry trifle; a passion fruit Victoria slice; sticky toffee and walnut cake; and raspberry Eton ‘not so messy’.

The Belfry’s Coronation Afternoon Tea is available throughout May, priced from £33 on Saturday and Sunday, £31 Monday to Friday.

For those who would like to extend their visit, there is The King’s Coronation Bed, Breakfast and Afternoon Tea package, priced from £179 per room, based on two people sharing a room. Valid throughout May, guests need to quote ROYALTEA when booking.

To ensure a peaceful stay, the resort is home to The Belfry Spa, the perfect place to relax and unwind. During their stay, guests can take advantage of the spa’s swimming pool, whirlpool, relaxation room and extensive list of spa treatments including bespoke facial, deep cleansing back massage, or muscle reviver. The Leisure Club also offers a gym, classes, a state-of-the-art spin studio, and a Wellness Studio for yoga, meditation, and relaxation classes.

Families can also make the most of the extra Bank Holiday and celebrate with the family King’s Coronation package. The package includes an overnight stay, a full English breakfast and British Afternoon Tea as well as access to a wide range of children’s activities. Families can explore the resort’s 550 acres of outdoor space and take a stroll through the interactive woodland walk, where little ones can go wildlife spotting and discover bug hotels. The Belfry’s Woodland Adventure Zone is fully equipped with swings, a climbing obstacle course, slide, zip wire, tree house, climber, puzzlewood and more. There’s also mini golf and disc golf for everyone to enjoy.

Available throughout May, this package is priced from £199 per room, based on two adults and two children sharing a room. Customers must quote ‘ROYALTEAFAMILY’ when booking.

For more information, please visit
Telephone: +44 (0) 1675 238600 | Email: [email protected]

Instagram: @thebelfryhotelandresort | Twitter: @TheBelfryHotel |

Facebook:  The Belfry Hotel & Resort

LinkedIn: The Belfry Hotel & Resort

Pine Cliffs Resort, Algarve Launches New Gastronomic Experiences at MIMO Algarve

In a major new survey carried out by American Express on Global Travel Trends 81% of participants said that trying the local cuisine is the part of travel they look forward to the most, with cooking classes mentioned among the most popular culinary activities. Responding to this trend Pine Cliffs, A Luxury Collection Resort in the Algarve has introduced a series of NEW experiences at its own on-property cooking school MIMO Algarve. Guests can discover the history of local dishes, learn new cooking techniques and taste the best flavours of the region through its Chef’s Table experience, culinary and drinks workshops.

The Chef’s Table experience is a unique and exclusive dinner, held every Thursday hosted by an in-house chef. Guests can enjoy a special 9-course menu, which is paired with the best wines of Portugal selected by experienced sommeliers. The adult-only events will be open to a small intimate group of 12 participants where the Chef will present the dishes, prepare them, and join guests at the table. From 8.00pm – 11.00pm. €160 per person.

Culinary workshops will run from Tuesday to Saturday (morning classes) and will include Portuguese classics to latest healthy options:

  • Codfish 101 – There are said to be more than 1,000 recipes that use codfish in Portugal. Participants will learn how to prepare this signature fish, as well as its origins and conservation methods, by preparing a snack, an appetizer, and a main entree. €68.00 per adult


  • Cataplana – this pork and seafood stew is a reference of Algarve cuisine. Guests will learn the unique method of cooking and how to prepare this typical dish. €98,00 per adult


  • Traditional Algarve – Guests learn how to make typical and traditional Algarvian food such as ‘Xerém’ (a thick soup with clams), ‘Caldeirada (a fish and potato stew). In this class, recipes from all over the region will be prepared, not only from the coast but also from inland regions, for a broader taste of southern Portuguese cuisine. €88.00 per adult


  • Brunch favourites – Make perfect classic egg dishes like omelettes and the famous eggs benedict. €68.00 per adult


  • Plant-Based Food – Learn techniques and recipes to make plant-based dishes in a healthier way. €68.00 per adult


Afternoon Workshops are available from Tuesday to Saturday, from 4.00pm. These include Portuguese wines and beers:

  • Algarvian Wines – Take a tasting tour around Algarve’s main vineyards at a wine tasting class and discover five unique grape varieties and their pairings with their certified sommeliers. €48.00 per person
  • Portugal in 5 Glasses – Journey through an authentic Portugal, a country of luxuriant colours, unique flavours and delicate scents and celebrate traditions, heritage, and wine. €48.00 per person
  • Cocktail Challenge – Learn how to make cocktails, main bar techniques and presentation to impress friends and families. €60.00 per person
  • Cookies & Cupcakes – Fun for the little ones. The name of this class says it all, children can have fun by working with ingredients as simple as flour, eggs, and sugar. This didactic moment ends with the kids enjoying the fruits of their own labour. The prepared snacks will be accompanied by fresh lemonade that they will also prepare for themselves. €65.00 for 1 child (between 5-12 ages) and 1 adult (mandatory)

MIMO Algarve also offers an Espresso Bar where visitors can enjoy artisan pastries and signature coffees.

New produce on offer at the MIMO Shop include local teas, jams, honey, olives from Vale do Freixo, as well as a new homemade craft beer called Falésia, which is available as IPA, Stout, Pilsner, and Amber Ale from €3.50.

Rates for staying at Pine Cliffs Hotel start from £278.00 per night based on 2 adults sharing a deluxe ocean view room including breakfast. Price based on October 2023 travel.

For more information and to book please visit:

Sun, Sip, and Safety: BBQ Season Additional Essentials for Every Enthusiast

With summer quickly approaching, it is time to start collecting those all-important essentials for spending time with your loved ones in the great outdoors. Besides the delicious food on the menu, there are many other things to consider when preparing for your guests.

Whether having a BBQ picnic in the park or getting out the industrial grill in your back garden, making sure your party is packed with entertaining games and good drinks is key for fun in the sun.  

Here, we will explore some of the BBQ season additional essentials that all summer enthusiasts should have when hosting the best back-garden bash.

Summer activities

Pool party

No summer party is complete without a pool or an inflatable hot tub to add to the mix. This is not only a great way to have fun, but it can also let your guests cool off or enjoy some much-needed relaxation time. While the meat cooks, your guests can take a dip and enjoy developing a tan from the water.

Garden games

There are various garden games at your disposal to keep children and adults entertained while they wait for their food. From water balloon fights to setting up your own back-garden cinema with a classic summer feel-good film choice, there are endless ways to provide entertainment, even while focusing on being a chef.

But make sure these games are played away from the BBQ area for the safety of your guests, and your sausages!

Cooling drinks

Iced coffee

Running around in the sun can work up a thirst – so what is a better way to cool your guests down than a drink selection they cannot resist?

We have seen the popularity of iced coffee growing from TikTok trends to big chains offering it across their branches. In fact, the rise of TikTok and content creators dependent on their cold caffeine drinks made out-of-home iced coffee sales up 53.4% in 2019 alone.

For the perfect BBQ set-up, you could offer different flavours of iced coffee or various coffee syrups, including a range of shaped ice cubes.

Homemade refreshers

Another cooling drink perfect for this summer is the slushie – you can even booze it up for the afterparty or an all-adult BBQ evening. Much like iced coffee, you can offer a station where guests can choose their slushy syrups or interesting toppings as a mixture of multiple slushie creations.

And nothing says BBQ more than a traditional homemade lemonade. Refreshing and cooling, we have seen it across our screens, from lemonade stalls to the BBQ buffet.

Safety kits

First aid

Being in the sun all day can cause many problems. While your drink station should keep your guests from dehydrating, making sure you have a first aid kit to hand to manage any bumps, scrapes, or fainting spells is best for a hot evening.

From alcohol wipes for cleaning wounds to sun cream for banishing burns, summer essentials can keep your guests happy and healthy.

BBQ Safety

It is also important to ensure all children and pets stay away from the BBQ. Fat in burgers and other meat products can splash from your equipment, and carbon monoxide production is dangerous for your guests. Declaring a safety zone around your equipment is best for avoiding accidents.

It is also important to know how to put out a fire in case it occurs. Smothering the flames and reducing the BBQ’s oxygen supply is the best bet for all types of BBQ. Having a fire blanket to hand or a powder fire extinguisher can mean you can stop the fire efficiently.

Whether charring up the perfect beef brisket or firing up burgers in abundance, your BBQ event is much more than just the food. While good food is a great way to spend the day, your guests being entertained, safe, and thirst-free in the sun is key to a good evening. From refreshing drinks to keeping the food going down to dips in the pool as the food cooks, you need to consider much more than the meat when planning the perfect BBQ evening.

The Ultimate Luxurious Dossier Perfumes Inspired by The Great Fragrances

Perfumes have been used for centuries to enhance one’s personality and leave a lasting impression on those around us. The fragrance industry is a multi-billion dollar industry that continues to grow yearly. Luxury perfumes, in particular, are coveted by many for their exquisite scent and packaging. However, the high price tags that come with these luxury fragrances are often not accessible to everyone. Enter Dossier, a brand that offers affordable luxury fragrances inspired by some of the most extraordinary perfumes in the world.

What is Dossier?

Dossier is a perfume brand that offers a range of high-quality, affordable fragrances inspired by some of the most popular luxury perfumes in the world. The brand was founded with the belief that everyone should have access to luxury fragrances without breaking the bank. Dossier offers a range of fragrances that are cruelty-free, vegan and made with high-quality ingredients.

Inspired by the Greatest Luxury Fragrances

Dossier is inspired by some of the most incredible luxury fragrances in the world that allow you to go the extra mile of treating yourself with the Love Don’t Be Shy Kilian fragrance. The Dossier perfume brand has taken inspiration from popular fragrances such as Chanel No.5, Tom Ford Black Orchid and Viktor & Rolf Flowerbomb, among others. Dossier has created fragrances inspired by these luxury perfumes that smell remarkably similar.

One of the most popular fragrances from Dossier is the Floral Marshmallow fragrance. This fragrance is inspired by the Viktor & Rolf Flowerbomb perfume and has jasmine, rose and patchouli notes. The fragrance has a sweet and floral scent that is perfect for everyday wear. The best part? The Floral Marshmallow fragrance is available for a fraction of the price of the Viktor & Rolf Flowerbomb perfume.

In addition to Floral Marshmallow, Dossier offers a variety of fragrances inspired by other popular luxury perfumes. For example, the brand’s Fleur Mystique fragrance is inspired by the Yves Saint Laurent Black Opium perfume, while the Jo Malone Orange Blossom perfume inspires the Oriental Citrus fragrance. With so many fragrances, you will find one that suits your style and personality.

Sustainable Option

In addition to being affordable, Dossier is also a sustainable option for those looking to reduce their carbon footprint. The brand’s fragrances are cruelty-free, vegan and made with high-quality ingredients. The packaging is also eco-friendly, with Dossier using recycled materials whenever possible. By choosing Dossier, you can enjoy luxury fragrances without harming the environment.

The Perfect Gift

Dossier fragrances make the perfect gift for any occasion. Whether you’re looking for a birthday present, a holiday gift or something to treat yourself to, Dossier has a fragrance for everyone. With a range of scents, you can find the perfect fragrance for any personality and style.


In conclusion, Dossier offers affordable luxury fragrances inspired by some of the most extraordinary perfumes in the world. The brand’s commitment to sustainability and high-quality ingredients make it an excellent choice for those seeking a more eco-friendly option. If you’re looking for a new fragrance to add to your collection, check out Dossier and try the Floral Marshmallow fragrance inspired by Viktor & Rolf Flowerbomb. You won’t be disappointed.

How to Have the Ultimate Luxurious Evening at the Opera

As the curtains part and the first notes of a timeless masterpiece drift through the air, an evening at the opera becomes an enchanting experience. For those who appreciate the finer things in life, a night at the opera is an opportunity to indulge in elegance, sophistication, and opulence. This guide will provide tips on how to make your opera experience unforgettable, from the moment you select your event to the time you retire for the night. With these recommendations, you can elevate your evening to new heights and immerse yourself in the ultimate luxurious experience.

Select the Perfect Opera

The key to a perfect night at the opera begins with selecting the right event. The world is brimming with exceptional operas in breath taking locations. From the Royal Opera House in London to the iconic Verona Opera in Italy, each destination offers its unique charm and allure. To ensure your evening is extraordinary, research the performances available and choose one that resonates with your taste and preferences. Whether you’re a fan of Mozart or Puccini, a classic or a contemporary piece, the perfect opera awaits.

Dress to Impress

An evening at the opera is a chance to dress your best and make a statement. Opt for a formal attire, such as a black tie or an elegant gown, to complement the grandeur of the occasion. For gentlemen, a perfectly tailored suit or tuxedo, paired with polished shoes and a pocket square, will convey a sense of sophistication. For ladies, a floor-length gown or an exquisite cocktail dress, accompanied by dazzling accessories, will set the tone for a magnificent night.

Indulge in a Pre-Opera Dinner

To begin your evening in style, indulge in a sumptuous pre-opera dinner at a fine dining establishment near the venue. Many restaurants offer specially curated menus designed to complement the opera experience, featuring delectable cuisine and expertly paired wines. Make a reservation well in advance to secure the best table, and delight in an elegant meal before the curtain rises.

Arrive in Style

Your mode of transportation is another factor to consider when planning a luxurious evening at the opera. Arriving in a chauffeur-driven limousine, a vintage car, or a luxury vehicle will elevate the experience and ensure you make a grand entrance. Not only will this add an air of sophistication to your night, but it will also allow you to relax and enjoy the journey, free from the concerns of navigating traffic or finding parking.

Book the Best Seats

When purchasing tickets, it’s essential to select the best seats available, as this can greatly impact your enjoyment of the performance. While the ideal location may vary depending on the venue, many opera aficionados prefer seats in the centre of the auditorium, where the acoustics are often optimal. Consider splurging on a private box or premium seating, as this will provide you with the utmost comfort and an unparalleled view of the stage.

Immerse Yourself in the Performance

Once seated, allow yourself to be fully captivated by the magic of the opera. Immerse yourself in the stunning set design, the elaborate costumes, and the exquisite music, as the story unfolds before your eyes. To enhance your appreciation of the performance, familiarise yourself with the plot and key musical themes ahead of time, and consider attending a pre-performance talk if one is available.

Improving Your Lifestyle As You Get Older

You may feel like some of your best years are behind you, especially if your children have grown up and are getting on with their own lives. However, that doesn’t need to be the case. Even those who are more advanced in age can still have great quality of life, experience new things, and gain enjoyment. You might want to consider how your money fits into this, especially if you are now on less than you were when you were younger. Doing so could help you to still have a fun lifestyle.

Explore life insurance

Not all life insurance is equal, and you may find that some plans cost you more now than others. You might also want your life insurance to have a specific purpose when you die. For some, it may be important that the family home is left for future generations to enjoy. If this is the case for you, you may want to look into decreasing life insurance. This can give you peace of mind that, should your mortgage not be fully paid off when you pass away, money may be put aside to do so. It might be up to the person who inherits it to put this into place. One of the main benefits of this policy might be that it costs you less each month, freeing up more of your money to do with as you wish.

Use money wisely

While you might hope to live in the same manner you are accustomed to when you reach retirement age, you may find that you no longer have the assets to do so. Figuring out how to best budget your pension could allow you to still have some treats, but also be able to manage your bills. Realistically, if you are yet to reach state pension age, you may want to think about starting a savings account. This could give you more disposable cash when that time comes, making life easier and even potentially more enjoyable. The earlier you start this savings account, the less you may need to sacrifice each month in the present.

Figure out fact from fiction

There may be a number of stereotypes relating to getting older that concern you. While some, such as the likelihood of increased bruising, may be true, others might not hold any validity. Getting older doesn’t mean you need to stop doing the things you love. Some health aspects may require alterations but, overall, you may still be able to take part in your favourite hobbies even as the years go by. To help yourself, you may want to think about adjusting your diet, exercise, and even sleeping patterns, as well as ditching any unhealthy habits, to keep your body and mind in the best shape possible.

Getting older doesn’t mean you need to be constantly preoccupied by thoughts of what is to come, or shy away from the things you love. By putting a few plans into place, and making some lifestyle changes, you may be able to gain a greater amount of enjoyment out of those later years.

Woman journaling and manifesting in a diary as a routine at home. Writing down thoughts and feeling to reduce stress and improve mood. Calm ambiance with plants and crystals for inspiration

Escape the City for Your Corporate Day Out and Enjoy the Best of the British Coasts With Rockwater

Rockwater, the idyllic beachside lifestyle hub in Hove, invites corporate teams to indulge in exclusive celebrations beside the sea this 2023.

Unsure on how to entertain the team this year? Rockwater has a plethora of activities and locations to suit all numbers and needs. Teams can opt for unique experiences such as Sip & Paint, yoga & brunch, craft workshops, paddle boarding, salsa classes, comedy shows, or sunset DJ sets on the Roof Terrace, all topped off with specialised event décor and design to enhance any chosen theme.

Rockwater can also offer an array of canapés, light-bite bowls, pizzas, cocktail sharers, and drinks reception with a bespoke drinks list on request.

Impress colleagues, clients and friends alike with a number of beautiful spaces and packages available. For more information, get in touch with the fabulous events team who will be delighted to assist you in the process of bringing your perfect party to life. Simply visit

The Roof Terrace

The Roof Terrace is a fully indoor space with unimpeded sea views, which can be transformed with a retractable roof and glass French doors that can be opened to let the outside in. Ready for whatever the weather, it also features a beautiful balcony overlooking the sea.

Group dining: From Rockwater’s small plate shared style menu.

Capacity: 10 – 50 guests in a semi-exclusive setting.

Cost: from £50ph

Private hire.

Guests can hire the roof terrace and balcony exclusively, which includes their own private bar, a dedicated member of the events team to plan their event and, a front-of-house and bar team to execute the event.

Capacity: 80-200 guest in a mixed seated/standing setting.

Hire time slots: 8am-12pm / 12pm-5pm / 6pm-1am.

Cost: Hire fees range from £1500 – £10,000, dependent on season.

The Lodge

The Lodge is a sumptuous lounge-style space overlooking beautiful lawns, which can be used for outdoor event activities. With a fully retractable roof, the Lodge leads out to a festoon-lit patio complete with Rockwater ski gondolas offering extra seating options, as well as a food truck.

Capacity: 10 – 50 guests in a semi-exclusive setting.

Cost: from £25pp

Private hire.

Guests can hire the Lodge exclusively, which includes their own private bar, a dedicated member of the events team to plan their event and a front-of-house and bar team to execute the event. The Lodge also has the advantage of multiple screens making it the perfect workspace for presentations.

Capacity: 51-150 guests in a mixed seated/standing setting.

Hire time slots: 8am-12pm / 12pm-5pm / 6pm-12am.

Cost: Hire fees range from £500 – £4,000, dependent on season.

For those looking to enjoy Rockwater on a regular basis, Rockwater’s Corporate Open Water membership delivers a plethora of venue perks, including a 50% discount on hiring the alluring Lodge and Roof Terrace, as well as a 50% discount on the new forward-thinking spring/summer menu. Members additionally have access to all Rockwater Life sessions, including guided yoga flows, HIIT classes, Pilates and the Rockwater Run Club. Free coffees are also on offer for every visit, allowing members to bask in the amazing view of Brighton & Hove while meeting with colleagues, friends, or clients.

Four Seasons Hotel Sydney Welcomes International Travelers with Multimillion-Dollar Renovation and New Guest Experiences

International travel to Australia is back in full swing and Four Seasons Hotel Sydney remains the luxury gateway for visitors to explore the city and beyond. Centrally located in the historic Rocks district overlooking one of the world’s most beautiful harbors, the hotel is within walking distance of top restaurants, shopping, the ferry terminal and iconic sites like the Opera House and Harbour Bridge.

A multimillion-dollar renovation of 517 rooms and suites was completed just before the two-year border closure.

“We completely changed the look and feel of the rooms, bringing in lighter colors for a more residential look,” says General Manager Uday Rao. “The most popular room is the Full Harbour View Suites which are corner rooms that have bay windows and full panoramic views of the harbor.”

Sydney is known for its lively food, wine and spirits scene, and Four Seasons Hotel Sydney is no exception, introducing these new guest experiences:

Living it Up at Lounge 32

Located on the hotel’s 32nd floor, Lounge 32 boasts sweeping views of Walsh Bay and offers interactive amenities for suite guests from nitrogen ice cream made by the hotel’s pastry team to a roaming trolley of signature cocktails with evening canapes of fresh prawns and oysters.

Grain Bar pours Australia’s largest selection of barrel-aged cocktails

The innovative team at Grain Bar has developed their own barrel-aged cocktail program, launching Australia’s largest selection with 22 different varieties, all made in-house to expand upon the existing craft cocktails. Each cocktail is aged for around four weeks in a five-litre barrel; production is carefully managed by the bar team who explores the potential of different grains to enhance the flavor, aroma and texture of each drink.

“The magic of barrel aging is that it tames the harsher aspect of a spirit, and makes the whole drink much more cohesive and super mellow, so you enjoy the flavors more,” says Grain’s Bar Manager Adam Lau. He cites two examples: the Boulevardier, a whisky Negroni that’s been aged in a barrel seasoned with coffee liqueur to round it out, and the Aloha, which is essentially a barrel-aged Pina Colada, but a much more elegant and sophisticated version.

Grain also created its own signature beer in partnership with Modus Brewery. The “super approachable” lager features five different grains including the drought-resistant triticale malt, sourced from local farms in regional New South Wales.

Grain Lager and the Grain barrel-aged cocktail selection are available for guests to enjoy at the bar, in-room from their mini bar, or to take home from the Retail Corner. Coming soon is Grain’s very own Gin label in partnership with Bondi Liquor Co.

Tea and The Art of the Aperitivo at Mode Kitchen & Bar

Mode Kitchen & Bar has launched two gastronomic experiences. The Italian ritual of “Aperitivo” is a two-hour pre-dinner ritual featuring an expansive selection of Italian street food and antipasto. For those craving something sweeter, afternoon tea is an inspired three-tiered offering of pastries (like coconut and passion fruit mini pavlovas), scones, and savories that are all made in-house.

Why Visit Sydney Now

  • Australian Fashion Week, May 15-19: The 2023 schedule features 45 designer shows and presentations from the next generation of Australian designers alongside some of the industry’s biggest names defining the future of Australian fashion.
  • VIVID Sydney, May 26-June 17: You’ll want to book a corner suite for this annual celebration of creativity, innovation and technology in collaboration with some of the most boundary-pushing artists, thinkers and musicians. The city is illuminated and the landscape changes with vibrant 3D projections across the city’s architecture.
  • FIFA Women’s World Cup July 20-August 20: The US team will defend their title down under when Sydney hosts the opening and final matches.
  • Sydney International Boat Show, August 3-6: From paddle boards to super yachts, this is the biggest marine event in the Pacific.
  • SXSW Sydney, Oct 15-22: The Austin event expands beyond North America for the first time.

Pendry Hotels & Resorts Unveils Plans for First International Resort and Residences: Pendry Barbados and Pendry Residences Barbados

Pendry Hotels & Resorts to Reimagine Port Ferdinand Luxury Marina & Residences Located Within Acclaimed Beach and Yacht Club of Port Ferdinand, Debuting in 2026

Pendry Hotels & Resorts announced the development of Pendry Barbados and Pendry Residences Barbados, slated to debut in 2026. The first international destination from Pendry Hotels & Resorts, this island oasis will bring Pendry’s signature sensibilities and contemporary luxury offerings to a stunning Caribbean setting in St. Peter, on the country’s coveted west coast.

Pendry Hotels & Resorts will reimagine the existing Port Ferdinand Luxury Marina & Residences, and will develop a new luxury beachfront resort and residences with architect, Robert Glazier, and a U.S.-based private investment and development team. Pendry Barbados will consist of approximately 74 oceanfront guest rooms and suites along with 46 private Pendry Residences. Pendry Barbados guests and residence owners will have exclusive access to resort amenities, including a 111-berth marina; multiple dining concepts including a destination restaurant, beach club bar & grille, rum bar, lobby lounge, and pool bar; Spa Pendry with seven treatment rooms; a state-of-the-art fitness center; expansive indoor and outdoor meeting and event space, plus recreation and family-centric offerings including Pendry’s Pinwheel Kids Club and Compass Sports.

“We are incredibly excited to embark on the international expansion of the brand with Pendry Barbados,” said Alan J. Fuerstman, founder, chairman and CEO of Montage International. “With our commitment to creating inspiring experiences in exceptional destinations, we felt an immediate connection to the dynamic beauty and warm, welcoming spirit of Barbados, and we look forward to introducing our guests, homeowners and the local community to Pendry while creating lasting memories for many years to come.”

An enchanting island of white sand beaches, timeless caves and coral reefs, and an abundance of aquatic adventures, Barbados is also home to cricket, polo, horse racing, golf and a distinguished culinary scene—all of which will be embodied in the thoughtfully designed, amenity-rich, Pendry Barbados. The resort will offer private membership to an exclusive marina club in Port Ferdinand, featuring a variety of yacht berth sizes. Special amenity highlights include well-appointed dockside boat storage and dedicated individual vessel services to provide the ultimate sailing and boating experience with personalized access to onboard provisioning, dining, housekeeping and assistance with family excursion planning.

“The setting for Pendry Barbados is magical – a pristine beach, luxury marina, and lush forest intersect to create an incredibly unique environment,” said Michael Fuerstman, co-founder, Pendry Hotels & Resorts. “We are so inspired by this captivating destination, and thrilled to bring forward sophisticated architecture and design, and the unique amenities, experiences and adventures for which Pendry Hotels & Resorts is known.”

A rendering for Pendry Barbados can be found here.

For more information about Pendry Hotels & Resorts, please visit and follow @pendryhotels @pendrybarbados.

Explore the Magic of the Andes by Trekking through Ecuador’s Scenic Mountain Trails

The Andes of Ecuador offer some of the world’s most stunning landscapes and a chance to embark on a truly magical adventure. Trekkers who dare to explore these trials will be rewarded with diverse wildlife, towering volcanoes, glistening glaciers, breathtaking views, and much more – all framed by the majestic mountains of this incredible destination.

Read on for tips you could use to plan your journey in the best way possible so you can make the most of your Andes trekking adventure!

Choosing the Best Trail for You: Tips to Consider Before Taking the Trek

When it comes to planning your Andes trekking adventure, choosing a particular trait is one of the most important steps. The best option for you often depends on factors such as your physical fitness levels and experience, as well as your desired scenery.

For example, if you’re an experienced hiker looking for a challenging hike along rugged terrain, then scaling volcanoes in Cotopaxi National Park would be ideal. And if you’re looking for a short and easy trek, taking the loop around Quilotoa Lagoon can be even more rewarding.

The best part is that some of Ecuador’s most popular treks, like the Quilotoa Loop, can be done in three days and provide amazing views with minimal effort.

Gear Up: Essential Items to Pack Before Starting Your Ecuador Hike

No Andes trekking adventure is complete without the right gear, so don’t forget to bring the essentials for a rewarding experience as you enjoy the beauty of your destination. At the very least, be sure to pack sunscreen and insect repellent, as well as comfortable walking shoes with good grip and socks that wick moisture.

Additionally, bring a rain jacket just in case there are downpours along your trail, or nighttime chill dampens air temperatures.

Explore Ecuador’s Galapagos Islands and Amazon Rainforest

The diversity of the Ecuadorian landscape makes it a prime destination for adventurers. From snorkeling to scuba diving along the incredible coral reefs on Galapagos Island or trekking through the lush vegetation of its tropical rainforests in the Amazon region – you’re sure to create some truly breathtaking memories.

But that’s not all! There are plenty of budget-friendly packages for an immersive tour of the Galapagos Islands and the Amazon, which can help make your experience truly unforgettable.

On your trek through the Andes, be sure to extend your journey to explore both the spectacularly rich biodiversity of the country’s most renowned protected areas, such as the Galapagos Islands, and the unique wildlife that inhabit its many rainforests.

Here, you can come face-to-face with some incredible creatures like iguanas, giant tortoises, crocodiles, flamingos, and plenty more.

Discover Delicious Cuisine and Unique Culture Along the Way

Exploring Ecuador’s Andes by trekking provides an amazing opportunity to discover its rich culture, traditions, and diverse culinary offerings. Enjoy indulging in traditional dishes like Locro de Papa (potato stew) or Fanesca (bean soup).

Every region of the Andes seems to offer its own unique flavors, so be sure to sample delicacies such as humitas (corn tamales), Llapingachos with avocado (potato patties), and chicha de jora (corn beer).

Nonetheless, the real treat while trekking through Ecuador’s Andes is learning more about its culture and traditions. Make sure to observe local rituals, explore markets with handmade goods, take some time to immerse in the indigenous language, or even try a traditional yoga retreat.

Must-See Sights and Experiences Not to Miss

Despite the hectic nature of trekking, it’s important to take some time away from hiking and explore some of the many gems waiting to be discovered on this side of the Andes. From tasting exotic fruits in local markets to admiring centuries-old colonial architecture in Quito city, many unforgettable moments lurk across the country.

Don’t miss out on Laguna Quilotoa, a breathtaking crater lake located in the Andes’ westernmost volcano. Head on to the southern Andes for a glimpse of the Ingapirca ruins to learn some archeology of the Inca Origin.

Whether it’s exploring culture and cuisine, or attempting to summit Illinizas volcanoes, an Andean trekking adventure is guaranteed to provide remarkable sights and unforgettable experiences. Its majestic views, and rewarding trails are almost always sure to take your breath away. All the best as you go out and explore the incredible beauty found in these sacred mountains.

Owning the Flight Experience Without Owning the Aircraft: The Future of Private Air Travel

Corporate travelers are increasingly leaning away from private jets. Once a signal of prestige, the private jet has become a burdensome line item, and recessionary winds have prompted many corporations and CEOs to permanently ground their jets.

What does that mean for the future of corporate travel? Don’t expect to see former jet devotees lined up at the boarding gate.

A new trend in private air travel is allowing elite travelers and corporate travelers to enjoy privacy without ownership. And no, it’s not just another charter option.

Why Jet Charters Won’t Fill the Gap

The pivot to private charters would seem obvious. However, traditional chartered flights simply leave too much in the air (pun intended) for determined, time-crunched travelers.

The biggest issue that corporate travelers face when chartering is inconsistency. Accustomed to flying on the same aircraft with the same crew and staff for years, many former jet owners find charters to be unpredictable and unsatisfying.

It’s a bit like going from a private driver to calling an Uber to get around.

Corporate Travelers Are Discovering Private Jet Ownership Without the Ownership

While corporate travelers are eager to unburden their balance sheets of the ownership and maintenance costs associated with a private jet, they aren’t yet ready to be at the whims of a charter agency with an ever-rotating fleet.

The gap is being filled by an innovative new model aptly called Freedom by Four Corners Aviation. Essentially, Four Corners purchases a private aircraft outright, takes over management, and provides the client with full access to the aircraft and crew.

With the purchase of the jet, costs for capital and depreciation are taken on by the new owner. The previous owner can truly wash their hands clean of the financial liabilities, without having to wave goodbye to the aircraft. Using monthly payments spread over a five-year agreement, this method removes exposure on a company’s balance sheet without removing access to the jet.

“No other provider offers a similar program whereby they purchase the aircraft outright and take over all management,” shares Vincent Kavanagh, Executive Vice President and Head of Sales for Four Corners Aviation.

Ultimately, the new model for private flying allows corporate travelers to give up burdens in exchange for more freedoms.

How to Take Your Golfing Experience to the Next Level

Golf is considered to be a rich man’s sport, so you’re already experiencing a luxury lifestyle the moment you hit the green. And whether golf is a new thing or a significant part of your happy lifestyle, there are so many ways to inject more opulence into your next golfing adventure.

With that said, even the small things can take your golfing experience to the next level. You don’t need a $25,000 golf simulator to improve your swing, but there’s no denying it can help!

In this article, we’ll look at 10 incredible things that can improve your overall golfing experience. If you use all of them, you’re sure to have a great time whenever you grab your golf clubs!

10 Ways to Take Your Golfing Experience to the Next Level

Golfing is a fun enough sport in and of itself, but you can make your experience on the green even more enjoyable. Here are 10 ways to take your golfing experience to the next level.

1. Keep Improving Your Golf SwingConsider using golf simulators, like the GCQuad, to improve your swing. Start by focusing on the basics, like stance, grip, and posture, and then fine-tune your mechanics. For example, focus on keeping a consistent tempo throughout your swing and maintaining good balance.

2. Trick Out Your Golf CartIf you golf regularly, you’re probably spending a lot of time in your golf cart. So why not trick it out with additional seats, more speed, or a loud audio system? You can get most of these accessories, including off-road golf cart accessories when you shop at Golf Cart Stuff.

3. Get Specially Fitted for Golf ClubsMake sure you have the right equipment for your game. Many pro shops offer custom fittings that can help ensure you have clubs tailored to your size, strength, and skill level. Not only will this improve your swing, but you’ll also be incentivized to try out your shiny new golf clubs!

4. Practice As Often as PossibleIf you want to get better at any sport, including golf, you have to practice as often as possible. Practice regularly and consistently at a driving range or golf course with a pro instructor or coach who can help you identify weaknesses in technique as well as give tips for improvement.

5. Look up Media About Golf StrategyIf you’re struggling to work on your swing or strategy, consider finding media about these topics. Read books about golf strategy or watch instructional videos online from professionals who can provide tips on how to approach different shots around the green or play out of bunkers.

6. Try a Variety of New Golf CoursesPlay different courses in order to gain familiarity with various terrains and conditions, such as hazards, sand traps, terrain slopes, and more. This will improve decision-making skills for shot selection. To make this exercise more luxurious, take a golfing trip to famous golf courses.

7. Join a Golf League (or Two!)Join a local golf league, so you can get advice from other players who share your enthusiasm for the game. Friendly competition can really improve how you play, and it’s always nice to be around fellow golfers. Plus, many leagues have a home base or lodge that’s truly opulent.

8. Use Technology to Track ProgressFrom apps and gadgets that record swing data to software programs that provide analysis and feedback on how you’re playing, there are plenty of ways to stay on top of your performance. With this data, you can figure out what’s working for you, what isn’t, and how to improve.

9. Experiment With Shot TypesLearn different types of shots, like a flop shot or a punch shot, which can help save strokes around the green. If you’re still a new player, try to master the explosion shot. This shot can be really helpful if you’re in a bunk, but you’ll need a lot of force to pull it off in one swing.

10. Take a Few Golf LessonsTake lessons from an experienced golf professional who can work with you one-on-one. The right teacher can create custom drills tailored specifically for your game, which is important for beginners. You can also ask your teacher to demonstrate how to practice more effectively.

Discover the Algarve’s Cultural Heritage Through their Locals

The Algarve region of Portugal boasts a rich and vibrant culture that has been shaped by its geography, history, and people. Under nearly five centuries of Muslim rule the Algarve, originally called ‘Al-Gharb’, meaning ‘The West’ still holds Arab influences through its architecture and names of its towns. The area is steeped in tradition with a long history of fishing, agriculture, and crafts that are based on sustainable principles such as a circular economy, sea to table gastronomy and the maintenance of old traditions.

The region has a myriad of interesting tours, led by passionate locals and small enterprising companies, that are keen to share with visitors unique and unforgettable experiences to reveal their cultural heritage in areas of the Algarve less visited by tourists.


E-Bikes Culinary Tour of Rural AlgarveDiscover the authentic Algarve by electric bike, starting with a morning ride through the stunning hills of Silves. Enjoy a homemade breakfast made from locally sourced ingredients in a secret garden. Cycle through picturesque villages to a cheese factory, followed by a bakery where you’ll learn to make the famous “Bread with Chouriço”. Savour these delicacies while taking in the panoramic views of the Silves valley. This farm-to-table experience is a must-try for food and nature lovers alike.

Duration: 6 hours / Price per person starts from €89 approx. £78 /

Oyster ExperienceThis unique tour starts in the vibrant town of Olhão and a chance to explore the local market packed with a diverse range of fish and fresh vegetables. Stroll through the narrow, cobbled streets to admire the traditional paintings on buildings that depict the history of the fishing community. Then embark on a scenic boat tour of the stunning Ria Formosa Natural Park, where you meet the fishermen and observe them picking oysters. The tour continues to Culatra island to learn about the art of oyster picking and to meet Silvia, the president of the island community. The tour includes a fresh oyster tasting and lunch.

Duration: 4-6 hours / Price per person starts from €130 approx. £114 /

Algarve Rock Brewery Tour Discover why Portugal is named as one of the 11 largest beer producers in Europe. Algarve Rock Brewery, located outside of Faro, is a state-of-the-art brewing facility producing a variety of completely natural and full-flavoured craft beers. The Taproom is open to the public and offers beer tasting and brewery tours by appointment, where guests can see first-hand the process behind Algarve local craft beer. To join in with the locals – live music and street food events are hosted every first Friday of the month.

Duration: 1 hour / Price per person €20 approx. £17 /

Cataplana For All – The Algarve region is famous for its unique cuisine and its renown cataplana, a traditional Portuguese stew made with a base of onion, garlic, red and green peppers with the addition of seafood or pork with clams. In this culinary experience, participants will have the chance to explore and learn to prepare a delicious fish and shellfish cataplana. This hands-on experience offers an opportunity to discover the secrets of Algarve gastronomy and indulge in a feast for the senses.

Duration: From 3 hours / Prices start from €128 per person approx. £112 /


Salt Mine Tour and GalleryEmbark on an unforgettable journey through time and art at the mine galleries. Explore a 1.3 km guided trail and admire the stunning 210 million-year-old geological formations, located 230 meters underground. Discover the practical applications of rock salt and how the mining process has evolved over time. Gain insight into the history of Saint Barbara, the patron saint of miners, through the vibrant paintings of contemporary artist Klaus Zylla. This tour is a perfect blend of history, art, and education for visitors of all ages.

Duration: From 1 hour / Price per person (13-64 years old) from €25 approx. £22 /

Through the Mountain ValleysDiscover Monchique, the highest mountain in the Algarve, on a guided hiking tour. Immerse yourself in the natural surroundings and rich culture of the region, while learning about the streams and abundant water resources influenced by the Atlantic Ocean. After the hike, enjoy a delicious lunch featuring typical regional products from the Algarve hills. In the afternoon, engage in interactive activities with the local community such as pottery workshops, olive oil mill visits with tasting, or a soap olive oil workshop. This tour offers a unique and unforgettable experience to fully appreciate the local culture and traditions.

Duration: Full day / Prices range from €35 – €150/£30 – £132 depending on extra activities./

Trails of the Authentic AlgarveExperience the beauty of the Algarve like never before with Trails of the Authentic Algarve, a seven-night self-guided bike tour. Cycle along a scenic route that takes you over mountains, past rivers, and through charming old villages. Immerse yourself in local culture and sample delicious regional produce at local cafes and restaurants and visit the traditional market building. This tour offers an ideal opportunity to experience the authentic countryside life at your own pace, and to meet friendly locals who will share their stories and traditions with you.

Duration: 7 nights / Prices start from €785.00/£691 per person based on two people sharing a room with breakfast included. /


Faro Story Spot – an immersive journey that delves into the history of the city of Faro, the Ria Formosa, and the Algarve’s version of the Mediterranean Diet, has recently been launched. This interactive tour takes visitors through the significant moments in the history of the territory and lives of people, and culture, from the 8th century BC to the present day. The tour is available in four languages – Portuguese, English, Spanish, and French – and lasts approximately an hour. It is a fascinating experience that offers visitors a unique insight into the rich history and culture of Faro.

Duration: 1 hour / Price for a single adult ticket start from €12 approx. £10 /

Workshop with Vegetal Fibers  – Learn how palm, cane and other aquatic native plants are typically used by shepherds, farmers, builders, craftsmen and children for work or play. Study how ancestral techniques such as “empreita” form fun and unique objects that play an important part of the rich cultural heritage of the region Loulé. Guests master these techniques and can create an object of their own to take home.

Duration: 2-3 hours / Price for a group (1-4 participants) €70 per workshop approx. £61 /

5 Reasons to Choose Luxury Over Conventional Rehab

Between the availability of powerful substances and the growing mental health epidemic, it’s no surprise that more people are becoming addicted to drugs and alcohol. Whether you find them on the street, in the pharmacy, or at the liquor store, it’s never been easier to find addictive drugs. It is no longer a primarily lower-class problem.

These days, people from every walk of life can become dependent upon drugs and alcohol. The response of the addiction recovery community has been to provide more forms of treatment that vary in their approach and facility. One of them is luxury rehab. If you can afford to pay for a luxury rehab center, below are some reasons you should choose it.

They Hire Great Staff

One of the most vital aspects of an addiction recovery center is the staff. It’s necessary to have great staff to aid, knowledge, and bedside manor with people who come to the addiction rehab center. When it comes to luxury rehab, only the best professionals are hired. The staff is experienced, educated, and dedicated to addiction recovery. From the doctors to the counsellors to the administration, luxury rehabs hire hard-working, caring, and knowledgeable staff who will make a huge difference to your initial recovery journey.

Medically Supervised Detox

Another huge benefit of going to luxury rehab is that they provide medically assisted detox. When a person stops taking drugs or alcohol, they’ll start going through withdrawal symptoms. Some, however, are worse than others. With addiction to alcohol or opioids, the symptoms can be very uncomfortable, painful, and even dangerous. When it comes to withdrawal, it’s always a good idea to be medically supervised so you can get through this period safely. At luxury rehab, you are supervised by doctors and addiction professionals who will guide you through the initial stages of detox.

Dual Diagnosis Mental Health Treatment

In addition to the physical approach to addiction recovery, there also must be a mental health approach. Modern addiction treatment includes dual diagnosis mental health treatment. Dual diagnosis refers to the idea that there is usually an underlying mental health issue other than the addiction. Substance abuse is not just a diagnosis, but a symptom as well. Common underlying disorders include depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, and PTSD. Even if the person struggling with addiction doesn’t have one of these ailments, the overall sentiment in dual diagnosis is that the person should be treated comprehensively. With dual diagnosis, you will have an idea how reputable the addiction recovery center is.

Five Star Amenities

Of course, one of the biggest reasons that people attend luxury rehab is for the amenities. The amenities provided at these facilities are multifaceted. Depending on the facility, the amenities provided at these luxury rehab can be great. There can be a pool, a private chef, guided activities like yoga, and more. You will get to enjoy the moments you aren’t with a counsellor or at a group meeting. The amenities available can make your stay at a rehab center that much more enjoyable.

More Privacy

There is also typically more space in a luxury rehab than in your average addiction facility. Not only does this offer a sense of calmness, but a lot more privacy. When it comes to luxury rehab, one of the biggest reasons to pay for it is privacy. The rich and the famous pay top dollar for discretion. It’s one of the most alluring aspects of attending addiction rehab. Whether you are trying to be private or just want peace of mind during your initial rehab stay, luxury rehabs are the way to go.

There are so many reasons why you should choose a luxury rehab center over the average facility, but it comes down to how much you can afford. If you can afford luxury rehab, there are few reasons not to take advantage of the staff, the medical and mental health approach, as well as the amenities and privacy. Luxury rehab offers the peace of mind and best treatment for the initial stage of recovery.

Once you have admitted that you have a problem and need help, why wouldn’t you get the best treatment possible? With luxury rehab, you have professionals, a great facility, and a comprehensive approach to treatment. Is luxury rehab right for you?

What Makes Lab-Grown Diamonds So Gorgeous … and Are They Becoming As Prestigious as Mined Diamonds?

The availability of man-made diamonds as an alternative to mined diamonds might only just have appeared on your radar, but they’ve actually been on the scene for quite a while now.

This is significant because they’re finally enjoying the attention they deserve, and are quickly rising through the ranks to become a sought-after addition to off-the-shelf as well as custom jewellery pieces.

At a glance and even up-close, lab-grown gems are truly jaw-dropping in terms of the glitz and glamor that they offer. So what’s behind their sparkle, and will their prestige continue to increase with time?

How to Choose Jewellery Made from Lab-Grown Diamonds

Choosing the perfect diamond jewellery is a daunting task. It can be overwhelming, given all of the options available, so having a strategy in place before you start is sensible.

First and foremost, you want to make sure that you are picking from pieces offered by a reputable brand. VRAI is a great example, as it is a jeweller that provides an entire line-up that’s exclusively stocked with man-made gems. This really takes the hassle out of the process, since you won’t need to constantly check every product page to ensure that you are indeed looking at a lab-grown option, rather than mined gems.

The rest is really down to your personal style and preferences. That’s the underlying beauty of lab created diamonds, because they are available in all sorts of cuts, shapes and configurations, so by choosing them over mined gems you aren’t having to make any kind of sacrifice.

What Makes Lab-Grown Diamonds Special?

Lab-grown diamonds are created using advanced technology that replicates the process of diamond formation that happens underground. This means they possess the same chemical and physical properties as mined jewels, making them indistinguishable to even experts!

But what really sets lab-grown gems apart is their origin story. These man made beauties were not born millions of years ago and then dug up in some faraway mine, but rather grown through human ingenuity in a laboratory setting. How cool is that?

Well, in a literal sense it’s not cool at all, because man made diamonds are effectively forged in a foundry, with very high temperatures and pressures applied to raw materials. As mentioned, this is our way of recreating what happens when diamonds form beneath our feet, except sped up significantly. That way new diamonds are made in a matter of weeks, not millennia.

Are There Any Environmental Benefits with the Choice of a Lab Grown Diamond?

Choosing lab-grown diamonds is not only good for your bank account, but one of the main benefits is that it is also beneficial to our planet. Unlike mined jewels, these man made gems are grown in a foundry that produces zero net emissions, and of course they don’t require deep excavation or mining.

It’s not just the energy expenditure that gives mined diamonds a problematic place in the market today. There’s also the negative impact on the environment that comes from large scale diamond extraction activities, such as blasting rocks using high explosives.

This is an appealing explanation for why the prestige of man-made gems is on the up at the moment. Modern consumers are trying to be greener in the decisions they make, and lab-grown diamonds let them do this without compromising whatsoever.

What About Inclusions?

If you know a thing or two about diamonds, you’re probably aware of inclusions, which are those little imperfections that occur in mined diamonds and help to give them their personality and character.

So with lab-grown gems, the question is whether or not there are still inclusions on the table. Well the good news is that this is very much the case, since once again the production techniques used mean that inclusions and all other features you’d expect are present and correct.

That’s yet another example of why the market is shifting. You cannot tell the difference between mined and man made diamonds, because there isn’t one, and they are truly identical.

Different Lab-Grown Diamond Shapes and Cuts to Appreciate

When it comes to choosing a lab-grown diamond, you’re not limited in terms of shape or cut. Just like mined jewels, these man made sparklers come in many different finishes that can be tailored for any preference!

Here’s an overview of some popular options available:

The Round Brilliant Cut is the most traditional choice – its facets create a unique firework effect when light hits it from all angles, making this timeless yet modern style stand out amongst the rest.

If you’re looking for something more sophisticated then why not opt for an Emerald Cut? This rectangular shaped jewel has fewer facets than others, yet still manages to draw attention with its stunning array of glimmering reflections.

For those who prefer a vintage look, the Cushion Cut is a great option, with its prominent shape and rounded corners bringing out an old-world charm.

The Oval Cut has been gaining in popularity over recent years. This elliptical shaped diamond gives off an extra sparkle due to its elongated profile, and so it’s ideal for showpiece jewellery, engagement rings, and even if you’re planning a wedding.

No matter which one you opt for, lab-grown diamonds are sure to shine just as brilliantly as their mined counterparts. And we’ve only scratched the surface in terms of the shapes and cuts you can choose between.

Wrapping Up

Hopefully you now appreciate that the eye-catching appeal of lab-grown diamonds is more than skin deep. They are every inch as gorgeous as mined jewels, and manage to outshine them in terms of their other features as well.

There will always be people out there who are disparaging about man-made diamonds, but this is a vanishingly small group thanks to the amazing work that is being done with lab created jewellery right now. So this is a trend that’s set to shake up the market more and more as time passes, and consumers get clued into the advantages of diamonds grown in a lab.

Ensure You Get the Most Flavourful Cup of Coffee with These Tips

A good cup of coffee is the perfect way to jumpstart your day. Whether you’re brewing your cup at home or enjoying fresh-brewed java from your favourite café, there’s nothing quite like that warm, inviting aroma and refreshing taste to start your morning or perk up during an afternoon slump. But if you want to take things up a notch, here are some tips for ensuring each cup of joe offers the most flavour and deliciousness.

Start with fresh, high-quality beans

If you’re looking for a great cup of coffee, the best place to start is with fresh, high-quality beans. From there, the possibilities are endless! The coffee enthusiasts behind Maui Coffee suggest you opt for coffee beans labeled “specialty” and certified organic. This way, you’ll be assured that the beans are of a high caliber and have been sourced ethically. You should also check the roast date, as beans should be used within three to four weeks of roasting for optimum flavor.

Use filtered water

Finding the tastiest cup of coffee to sip and savor can be daunting. The absolute most important tip is to use filtered water when making coffee. Filtering your water helps strip out any excess minerals, impurities, dirt, or sand that might be lingering, which will make your coffee taste cleaner and more explicit—and taste better too! It’s also a safer choice while making delicious coffee concoctions at home—without these extra particles in your water, you won’t risk nasty bacteria seeping into the mix. Filtered water is easy and affordable, so it’s an obvious must-have for some bold and tasty java.

Invest in a good grinder

If you want to take your coffee game up to the next level, investing in a good grinder is critical. Without it, you’re facing a world of unfulfilled potential. A quality grinder will allow you to choose the size of your grind based on the brewing method and give you control over the strength and character of your cup. Make sure to go for coarse grind if you want that robust flavor that only freshly ground beans can bring. It’ll be worth every penny as it opens a new universe of deliciousness in that mug. So why wait? Bring out the best in your beans today!

Choose the correct brewing method for you

When brewing a cup of coffee – flavor, freshness, and aroma should always come first. Finding the perfect combination begins with selecting the proper brewing method for you. Investing in a French press is the way to go if you’re after full-bodied coffee that captures every nuance of the beans. 

For an even more intense experience, an espresso machine offers small batches of concentrated espresso made with extreme pressure — though it takes time to become practiced at this process, so don’t be too hard on yourself if you don’t get it right away!

And finally, the pour-over method is perhaps one of the most popular given its low cost and relatively simple technique that still yields unique flavor when done correctly — just heat some water to boiling (not scalding!) and slowly pour over freshly ground beans into your filter with circular motions until all the grounds look evenly saturated. No matter which one you pick, remember: trust your taste buds and enjoy!

Experiment with different roast levels

Trying out different roast levels can open up the flavor of your coffee – you’d be surprised at what flavors can be released depending on whether you’re making a light, medium, or dark roast coffee. Start by grabbing a few coffees with different roast levels, make them side by side, and you’ll soon find your favorite type of coffee. Knowing which specific qualities you like in each roast goes a long way towards making the ultimate mug of joe.

Enhance the flavor of your coffee

Enhancing the flavour of your home-brewed coffee does not always require complicated espresso machines and laborious work. All you need to do is reach for the milk and sugar to boost the taste of that delicious cup of joe. Adding a few splashes of milk will bring out its natural sweetness, while a small spoonful of sugar can bring out the boldness in any dark roast. Not only will dairy or sweetener elevate your coffee’s flavour, but it will also add a lovely silky texture as a bonus.

There you have it – the ultimate guide to creating a flavourful cup of coffee. So grab some beans and start steeping – it’s time for a perfectly brewed cup of joe. Rest assured that with some practice and simple tricks—you’ll be sipping on some of the best coffee you’ve ever tasted. Enjoy!

Jet-Setting in Style: How to Travel in Luxury and Comfort

Traveling is a fantastic way to explore new places, experience different cultures, and create unforgettable memories. However, travel can also be stressful, tiring, and uncomfortable, especially if you’re flying long-haul. Fortunately, there are many ways to make your travels more comfortable and luxurious. In this blog post, we’ll explore some of the best tips for jet-setting in style.

Choose the Right Airline

One of the most significant factors that can influence your travel experience is the airline you choose. Some airlines are known for their luxurious amenities, comfortable seats, and exceptional service. For example, Emirates, Etihad Airways, and Qatar Airways are all renowned for their premium cabins, which feature fully-flat beds, personal entertainment systems, and top-notch dining options.

Savour the Flavours of Alcohol

If you enjoy a good drink, you don’t have to give up alcohol entirely during your flight. Having a glass of wine or champagne while you travel can be a very nice thing to do. Why not buy cognac and, as a result, try something new, like a glass of Hennessy Strong cognac? It can make you appreciate and enjoy traveling more if you take the time to enjoy the tastes and smells of different alcoholic drinks, like scotch whiskey, fine wine, or something else.

Upgrade Your Seat

If you’re flying long-haul, upgrading your seat can make a world of difference in terms of comfort and luxury. Most airlines offer a variety of seat upgrades, from premium economy to first class. Premium economy seats typically offer more legroom, wider seats, and better amenities than standard economy seats. Business class seats usually offer lie-flat beds, gourmet dining, and exclusive lounges. First-class seats are the epitome of luxury, with private suites, butler service, and top-of-the-line amenities.

Pack Smart

Packing smart can also make a big difference in your travel experience. Invest in quality luggage that is durable and easy to maneuver, especially if you’re carrying a lot of gear. Consider packing a travel pillow and blanket to make your flight more comfortable. You can also bring your own noise-canceling headphones, which will help you block out distractions and enjoy your entertainment in peace.

Dress for Comfort and Style

Traveling in style doesn’t mean sacrificing comfort. Choose clothing that is both comfortable and stylish, such as a pair of stretchy jeans, a loose-fitting shirt, and comfortable shoes. Dressing in layers is also a good idea, as you can easily remove or add layers depending on the temperature.

Choose the Right Travel Accommodations for Comfort and Style

When it comes to jet-setting in style, selecting the right accommodations can make all the difference. From luxurious hotels and resorts to private villas and apartments, there are many options to pick from, depending on your preferences and budget. When making your choice, think about things like location, amenities, and services to make sure you are as comfortable and relaxed as possible on your trip.

Explore Local Cuisine and Fine Dining Options for a Culinary Adventure

One of the best ways to experience a new culture is through its food. There are so many ways to try new foods when you travel, from street vendors and local markets to Michelin-starred restaurants and farm-to-table experiences. Find out ahead of time about popular dishes and places to eat, or ask locals for suggestions, to find hidden gems and unique flavors. Whether you’re a foodie or just enjoy good eats, exploring local cuisine can add an exciting and delicious dimension to your travel experience.

Stay Active and Engaged with Exciting Activities and Sightseeing

Traveling doesn’t have to be all about lounging on a beach or by the pool. Keeping busy with fun things to do and places to see can make your trip even more memorable. Consider signing up for a guided tour or an adventure trip, like hiking, surfing, or kayaking, to learn more about the scenery and culture of the area. Or, if you prefer a more laid-back experience, visit museums, art galleries, or historical landmarks to learn more about the destination’s history and heritage.

In conclusion, you can travel in style and comfort if you have the right attitude and plan ahead. Choose the right airline, upgrade your seat, pack smart, dress for comfort and style, stay active and engaged, and more. By following these tips, you’ll be able to jet-set in style and create unforgettable travel experiences.

How to Take Care of Flower Bouquet

Flowers are a lovely present that can make any occasion more cheerful. Whether you wish to enjoy a fresh flower in your house or give a bouquet for a particular occasion. In either case, it’s critical to understand how to take care of them. Proper flower care can survive for a few days or even a week or longer.

Taking care of flowers arrangement involves some processes. Along with trimming the stems, changing the water, and offering the blooms the right circumstances. Any of these procedures that skip might result in the flowers wilting and dying too soon.

In this flower care guide, we’ll explain how to take care of your flower bouquet.

Trim the Stems

The stems of the flowers are also removed when they trim. This may result in air pockets that prevent the bloom from absorbing water. By removing any air pockets from the stems, pruning makes it easier for the blooms to absorb water. To keep flower care and fresh, follow these maintenance instructions.

Start by removing every leaf from the arrangement of flowers before trimming the stems. Remove any leaves from the vase that will be below the water line. On leaves that submerge in water, bacteria can grow. The blossoms may deteriorate fast as a result of this. Then, cut the stems at a 45-degree angle using a pair of sharp scissors or a florist knife. The water will absorb the most at this angle.

Change the Water in Your Vase Daily

Drain the remaining water first, then get rid of the remaining flowers. Warm water and a tiny bit of dish soap should add to the vase. Wipe the interior of the vase with a soft-bristled brush or cloth. To take care of flowers, pay attention to hard-to-reach regions.

To get rid of the soap residue, give the vase a warm water rinse. Next, pour white vinegar and water in equal portions into it. After at least 30 minutes, remove the solution from the vase and thoroughly rinse it with warm water. Use a solution of baking soda and water to scrape away any remaining tenacious residues.

Clean Your Vase Thoroughly

After being cut, flowers need to drink water to keep them hydrated and fresh. Besides, bacteria can develop in the water. They clog up the stems, preventing the flowers from absorbing water. You may avoid the growth of germs by constantly changing the water. You should also make sure that your bouquet has access to water for flower care.

Take the flowers out of the vase and lay them aside before adding fresh water to the arrangement. To get rid of any germs or residue, drain the old water and thoroughly rinse the vase with water. Add any flower food that includes your arrangement and refill the vase with fresh water.

Keep Flowers Out of Direct Sunlight

While sunlight is essential for plants to grow, direct sunlight can be harmful to cut flowers. To keep the bouquet out of direct sunlight, choose a suitable location. It should be well-lit but not exposed to sunlight. A cool, shaded area of your home is ideal. You can also use a curtain or shade if you don’t have a suitable location. This is to filter out the sunlight and protect your flowers. Use this flower care guide to keep your flowers in good condition longer.

Order Fresh Flower Delivery

At Rosaholics we offer a wide range of rose compositions. They are perfect for any occasion. You will find a bouquet before birthdays, anniversaries, weddings, and other special occasions. Roses come in a variety of colours and sizes. At the same time, the company offers same-day delivery in some regions. This makes it easy to send a thoughtful and beautiful gift to someone special.

Whether you want to make a romantic gesture to a loved one or brighten someone’s day with a beautiful bouquet of roses, Rosaholics flower delivery is here to help. A team of experienced florists is always ready to help you choose the perfect bouquet. The team guarantees that it will deliver on time and in perfect condition.

Sunshine Or Snow? Transitioning Your Wardrobe to Stay Warm in Spring

Snow is most likely to fall in the UK between January and March, but we can still look forward to warmer weather. While it’s springtime in our minds, and we’re more than ready to wave bye-bye to winter, the reality outside hasn’t quite caught up. Not knowing whether the next day is going to bring sunshine or snow (or both) can make transitioning your wardrobe for spring a little tricky. Here are 5 tips on how to do just that, whilst making sure that you can stay warm and prepared.

Switch to lighter colours

In the winter, we tend to sway towards darker, richer colours like burgundy and ochre, or cosy, warm neutrals. As we approach spring, however, it’s time to move away from these and bring in a brighter colour scheme that helps you feel fresh and ready for the changing season. Light greens, yellows, and blues are shades that conjure feelings of renewal and nature – perfect for spring. Pastel shades are also great for achieving a softer image.

London Fashion Week also saw crimson, orange, and peach shades displayed for spring/summer 2023. Bringing in these colours can add an eye-catching vibrance to any outfit if you want to go bolder.

Capture the brightness of spring whilst still wearing pieces in a way that can keep you warm.


Wearing patterns rather than block colours is a great way to add and mix colours to your outfit as we move into (slightly) warmer months.

If you’re feeling particularly springy, try wearing patterns with a natural element, like animal print, leaves, and flowers. It can instantly brighten and add energy to your outfit.

Layer up

Layering is probably one of the most useful ways you can prepare for unpredictable weather. At this time of year, it’s time to put away the chunky, fluffy jumpers of winter in exchange for thinner, lighter layers.

Concentrate on pieces like cardigans and thin sweaters that can be combined and worn with other garments and switched out depending on the day. One great way to do this is to wear a thin jumper over a shirt or blouse that helps you keep the heat in whilst also being easy to throw off.

Invest in transitional outerwear

No one wants to pull out their big, winter coat when spring is about to start, but there’s a good chance that it’s still chilly enough to need a jacket. The answer to this is to invest in a lighter coat or jacket that’s more in keeping with a spring or summer wardrobe. Think denim, leather, or bomber jackets that can easily be worn for different occasions. And don’t forget to keep a raincoat on hand for those April showers.

Bring out spring accessories

Swap out your winter scarves, hats, and gloves for more spring-appropriate accessories.

Lighter scarves can keep you warm whilst helping you to feel less wrapped up and bulky. It can also be a great way to bring patterns and pops of colour to a neutral outfit. Put away the bobble hat in exchange for beanies, berets, or wide-brimmed fedoras. Now’s also the time when it’s no longer weird to carry sunglasses to add a touch of summer to your look. And don’t forget to complete the stylish ensemble with a birdcage umbrella to keep yourself dry.

When we’re still caught in this transitional period, choosing the right footwear can also be a bit of a struggle. After all, the last thing you want is to get cold or soggy feet halfway through your day. If the forecast isn’t quite good enough for flats or ballet pumps, try pairing a midi dress or maxi skirt with chunky boots so you get the best of a spring wardrobe but with footwear that is ready for anything.

Pack away winter

Whatever pieces in your winter wardrobe can’t be transitioned for spring, it’s time to pack them away until next year. It will give your wardrobe an instant refresh and it will also help to break you out of the cycle of wearing the same pieces over and over again.

Doing this also gives you the chance to assess what items you might be missing or identify pieces that you’ve not worn for years and probably should just get rid of. You might also rediscover items you may have forgotten you even owned.

Think of transitioning your style as spring-cleaning your wardrobe, as a chance to add more energy and brightness to your style. During this awkward, in-between time, you’ll still need to make sure you wear clothes that will keep you warm. But just remember that the last traces of winter will soon be melting away, and it’s never too early to brighten up your days with a refreshed style.

How To Professionally Dress For Confidence

Many of us will, at some point, struggle with confidence in the world of work. In fact, in one recent survey of UK workers, nearly 60% of respondents said they had experienced feelings of imposter syndrome. These feelings of self-doubt and unworthiness are incredibly common, and nearly twice as many women experience this compared to men.

But what does this have to do with how you dress? The way you dress can have a huge impact on how you feel on the inside, whether that’s in your day-to-day life or in the workplace. One of the main benefits of having a personal style and fashion is that it gives you the freedom to express your personality and creativity in a way that makes you feel confident in yourself. On top of this, what you’re wearing is usually the first impression you make on other people.

When you think of dressing professionally, smart suits and dresses may come to mind. You might also recall the huge shoulder pads associated with power dressing, a style which rose to prominence in the 70s and 80s. These days, there tends to be more room to play around and be bold with your style. Power dressing is no longer a set style as much as it is about dressing in a way that makes you feel powerful. So, with that being said, let’s take a look at how you can dress for confidence at work.

Wear confident colours

There’s not necessarily a single colour that signifies confidence. Black and white are the colours typically associated with workwear, giving your look a professional, authoritative edge.

Meanwhile, yellow is positivity, energy, and optimism. Wearing yellow at work can boost your self-esteem and convey feelings of cheerfulness and enthusiasm. If the thought of wearing a bright solid block of attention-grabbing yellow is unappealing, try toning it down by choosing a stripy pattern or layering it with grey pieces. You can also wear different shades depending on the season, like warm mustard for winter and sunshine yellow for spring.

Want to go even bolder? Try reds and bright pinks. These are the colours that symbolise strength and passion. Wear red to feel in charge and totally on top of your day. On the other hand, blue is one of the most calming colours. Choosing to wear a shade of blue may not be as bright and bold as other colours, but it can project serene and quiet confidence.

All colours can carry different meanings that can affect you and those around you, so you should choose what to wear depending on the occasion.

Patterns and shapes

Although the idea behind power dressing has changed a lot over time, some of the shapes and cuts are still a great way to feel confident in what you’re wearing. Fitted and/or tailored cuts are a good example of this, whether through a sharp, wide-shouldered jacket, a sleek pencil skirt, or tailored trousers.

When it comes to patterns, try brighter or bolder geometric shapes with sharp, clean lines. Stripes are probably the easiest pattern to wear and are simple, chic, and flattering – plus, they never go out of style. Tops and shirts are the simplest way to introduce stripes to your outfit, but if you want to switch things up, try bold, thick stripes. Or choose different striped garments such as dresses, skirts, and trousers.

Top it off with a blazer

Blazers are a staple of smart-casual, and are incredibly versatile pieces to keep in your wardrobe. They’re casual enough to work over most outfits, including skirts, dresses, and even t-shirts and jeans. But they’re also formal enough to add a smart, professional finish to almost anything.

They come in all sorts of colours, patterns, and styles, whether a softer feminine style or a sharp boxy cut. Black is a great place to begin but don’t feel restricted to sticking to the safe option – going with a bright shade is sure to add a pop of colour to your outfit.


When accessorising professional attire, the main thing to remember is to keep your outfit balanced. You can choose one bold piece, like a statement necklace or earrings, that create an eye-catching look. Or if you’ve chosen to wear bright, powerful colours, a carefully chosen watch or simple, elegant jewellery may be all you need.

Heels are seen as a go-to for dressing professionally and confidently, but they’re not always the most comfortable, especially if you don’t usually wear them. In that case, chunky heels, ankle boots or loafers are a good option to try instead.

Practical accessories are no exception either. A chic, designer umbrella will create a cohesive look when you’re rushing to and from the office when the rain falls – and you won’t need to worry about showing up to work windswept and wet.

Remember to dress for you

These are all practical tips for the types of clothes that can help you feel and project confidence in the workplace. However, dressing confidently shouldn’t mean dressing in a way that makes you feel uncomfortable.

It’s good to expand your boundaries and experiment with new looks and styles. However, if you look in the mirror and don’t see yourself staring back, that’s not always a positive thing.

It’s a similar principle to dopamine dressing, in which the only real rule is to wear clothes that have significant value to you or make you feel happy. While professional attire can still be more restrictive than wearing whatever you want, if you don’t feel comfortable in your outfit, it will be harder to feel confident.  

So, next time you’re out shopping, trying on outfits, or deciding what to wear for work, always remember to take a moment to consider how you feel wearing it. Because when you feel confident in yourself and how you look, others will see it too.

Why You Should Consider a Family Vacation to Spain

Over 71 million foreign tourists visited Spain in 2022. 

Visiting Spain is a bit like going to Disneyland. There’s something for everyone on a Spanish vacation.  

There are beaches, mountains, culture, and history. And with its year-round sunshine, it’s no surprise that it is one of the most popular tourist destinations in Europe. 

If you are wondering why you should consider a family vacation to Spain, this simple guide is for you.  

Beautiful Beaches 

Spain has a vast coastline with some of the best beaches in Europe.  

The beaches are clean, the water is warm and there is plenty of space to spread out. You can choose from small, hidden coves or large sandy beaches.  

There is something for everyone, whether you want to relax in the sun or swim in the clear waters. 

Great Weather 

Spain enjoys a Mediterranean climate with warm temperatures all year round.  

The summers are hot, and the winters are mild. There is plenty of sunshine during the day and it does not get dark until late.  

If you want to escape the cold winter months, Spain is a great destination.  

Rich Culture 

Spain has a fascinating history and culture. There are many museums, galleries, and landmarks that families can explore and learn about together.  

You can also explore the many towns and cities that are dotted across Spain. The country is a popular tourist destination, so there will be plenty of things to see and do. 

Delicious Food 

Spain is renowned for its delicious cuisine. It has plenty of options for families who enjoy trying new foods and experiencing new flavors.  

You can enjoy tapas or Paella, or even a nice steak. The food is fresh and delicious, and there are plenty of restaurants that serve traditional Spanish cuisine.  

Family-Friendly Activities 

There are plenty of family-friendly activities to enjoy when you travel to Spain.

The country has a rich history and culture, so it’s perfect for families who are interested in learning more about their heritage. You can visit castles and palaces that have been standing for hundreds of years.  

There is even a castle that’s built right into the rock face of a mountain. 

Affordable Prices 

Spain is relatively affordable compared to other European countries. So, it is an excellent choice for families who want to enjoy a great vacation without breaking the bank.  

There are many affordable options for accommodations, food, and entertainment. You can find charming hotels that offer excellent service at a reasonable price.  

And, if you are considering a move to Spain, you can look at these luxury villas for sale here

Spain Is a Terrific Family Vacation Destination 

Spain offers visitors lots of fun and excitement.  

From its beautiful beaches to the rich culture and history, there are many things to do that will keep everyone happy. If you are planning a family vacation, Spain is the perfect destination.  

Don’t forget to browse our site for advice on fashion, entertainment, travel, and more. 

LUXlife Magazine Announces the Winners of the 2023 Travel & Tourism Awards​

United Kingdom, 2023 – LUXlife magazine reveals the winners of this year’s Travel & Tourism Awards.

The travel and tourism industry is one of the biggest in the world. It employs millions of individuals and generates trillions for the world’s economy. We all enjoy travel throughout our lives and, leaving no stone unturned, our winners create magical moments for us to enjoy either solo or with loved ones.

Now in its seventh year, the LUXlife Travel & Tourism Awards aim to recognise and showcase those within the industry that go above and beyond for their clients. The winners reflect the plethora of businesses providing excellence within the sector, from hotels and spas to tour operators and excursion managers, and many more.

Commenting on the winners of this year’s awards programme, Coordinator Jessie Wilson stated: “It is with pride that we present our winners within this year’s Travel & Tourism Awards. It’s great to see them flourishing in such a prevalent industry that helps us to create precious memories. I want to congratulate each and every one of them.”

To find out more about these prestigious awards, and the dedicated establishments that have been selected for them, please visit where you can view our winners supplement and full winners list.


Notes to Editors

About LUXlife

Published quarterly, LUXlife ( informs readers on all aspects of high-end lifestyle, including the finest food and drink, hotels and resorts, health and beauty, automotive, jewellery, art and technology from around the world.

LUXlife is bought to you by AI Global Media, a digital publishing group founded in 2010. The group currently has 14 brands within its portfolio that include luxury lifestyle, construction, healthcare, and small business focused publications. AI Global Media is dedicated to delivering content you can trust.

About AI Global Media

Since 2010 AI Global Media ( has been committed to creating engaging B2B content that informs our readers and allows them to market their business to a global audience. We create content for and about firms across a range of industries.

Today, we have 14 unique brands, each of which serves a specific industry or region. Each brand covers the latest news in its sector and publishes a digital magazine and newsletter which is read by a global audience. Our flagship brand, Acquisition International, distributes a monthly digital magazine to a global circulation of 108,000, who are treated to a range of features and news pieces on the latest developments in the global corporate market.

Simple Ways to Reflect Your Faith On Your Wedding Day

Marriage is a deeply meaningful and sacred union between two people who have chosen to share their lives with each other. It represents a lifelong commitment to love, honour, and cherish one another through all of life’s joys and challenges so it is only fitting that you would want your wedding to reflect the values and beliefs that you hold dear, including your faith.

For many, the sacredness of marriage is not only about the ceremony itself but also about the lifelong bond that it represents as two people work together to build a life filled with love, support, trust, and a shared vision for their future.

While it’s easy to get caught up in the excitement of planning a wedding, it is important to remember the true significance of marriage and the importance of affirming your union before God. Incorporating religious elements into your wedding day can help you to honour your spiritual beliefs and invite your loved ones to share in this sacred moment with you.

This article has outlined some practical suggestions on how to create a day that is not only a joyful celebration of your love for one another but also a declaration of your commitment to the sacred bond of marriage.

Wedding Jewellery

Incorporating religious jewellery into your wedding can be a beautiful way to express your faith and create a meaningful connection to your religious traditions. Whether its a bridal set wedding band and engagement ring or a necklace, here are some ideas to help you introduce your faith into your wedding through jewellery:

Cross or Crucifix: Christian jewellery such as a cross or crucifix can be used to symbolize your Christian faith. This can be worn as a necklace or bracelet or incorporated into your wedding dress or bouquet.

Rosary Beads: Incorporating a set of rosary beads into your wedding day can be a meaningful way to express your Catholic faith and serve as a reminder of your commitment to your faith and the importance of prayer and reflection in your relationship.

Locket or Pendant: A necklace with a locket or pendant that opens up to reveal a prayer or a scripture verse that holds meaning for you can be incorporated into your wedding day to reflect your faith.

Wedding Decorations

There are many subtle and meaningful ways to incorporate your faith beyond eye-catching centrepieces and colourful floral displays. One way to do this is by introducing bible verses or favourite excerpts that speak to you and your partner about the sanctity of marriage and relationship.

You can incorporate these verses in various ways, such as on table runners, bouquet ribbons, or as a beautiful backdrop at your ceremony or wedding reception. Another way to incorporate your spirituality is by adding a verse or quote from the bible or other religious text on your wedding invitations, giving your guests a glimpse into the values that are important to you and your partner.

Include Prayer

While weddings are celebrated differently across the world, including prayer in your wedding ceremony is a beautiful way to set a strong and loving foundation for your marriage. Whether you choose to have a private prayer with your partner and parents or a group prayer with your wedding party, taking a few moments to remember God through prayer is a wonderful way to incorporate your faith into your special day. Including prayer in your wedding ceremony can also bring a sense of unity and connection between you and your guests, adding a powerful and meaningful element to your special day.

Wedding Photography

Your wedding day will be filled with countless precious moments that you will cherish for a lifetime, from dancing with your guests to exchanging heartfelt vows. However, it is also important to capture your faith through your wedding photography.

You can include religious rituals or traditions which hold special significance in your wedding photography, such as lighting a unity candle or exchanging wedding rings. You can also work with your photographer to capture special moments like the bridal party or groomsmen praying together as well as include meaningful imagery and decorations such as a religious inscription or a cross-shaped centrepiece.

Incorporating your faith into your wedding day through these tips is a beautiful way to showcase the spiritual significance of your marriage as well as creating meaningful and lasting memories.

How To Sell Your Home Fast To Upgrade Your Lifestyle

Ready to ramp up your lifestyle and move on to better things? Relocating to a new home will probably be on top of your wish list. So what does it take to live that high life in a luxurious home? Well, obviously, you’ll want to sell the old one first to get some cash for the down payment and ditch the stress of maintenance.

But don’t expect the process to be a breeze. Statistics show that luxury homes in the US sell for millions. It means you’ll probably spend all your cash to seal the deal. And you will also want to maximize the selling price of your current home.

Don’t worry; we’ve got you. Let’s drop some knowledge on selling your home fast and getting on with your luxurious life in a plush new place.

Ensure a presentable place

The look and feel of a proper is the key factor when it comes to selling it quickly and at an optimal price. No one wants to buy an outdated place that lacks aesthetics and functionality. So consider investing in both before listing your home in the market.

Well, it’s easier than you imagine- start by decluttering and depersonalizing the space, give it a good deep clean, and fix the visible repairs. You can even consider adding a feature or two to get a better deal.

A little effort and investment in these areas are good enough to move a step closer to the luxury home of your dreams.

Sell for quick cash

If you envision yourself in a new home sooner than later, consider selling the old one for cash. It’s a great way to wrap up quickly and start afresh without worrying about delays, repairs, and showings.

The best part is that you can find reliable cash buyers anywhere in the US. Start looking online and you’ll probably get a list of pro buyers. For example, you may easily find ones stating We buy houses in Miami if you want to sell a house in the Miami area.

These buyers take a property as-is and close the deals within days instead of weeks or months as in the traditional selling process. And you needn’t stress about marketing, repairs, and negotiations!

Have realistic pricing expectations

One of the worst mistakes home sellers make is overpricing their property. Of course, you want to make as much money as possible when planning to buy a luxury home down the line.

But you must have realistic pricing expectations. In fact, tone them down a bit if selling for cash. Consider factors like selling fast, skipping expenses like realtors commissions, repairs, and closing fees, and ditching the stress.

You’ll surely have no qualms about settling for a little less as these factors cover the compromise.

Upscaling a luxurious home requires good planning and clever thinking, and it begins with selling your existing place. Follow these easy tips to get through the deal and make the most of it. You’ll have more for the down payment and save the stress of covering the gap. All the best!

Tomatin Releases Limited-Edition 445 Year Old Single Malt Whisky

  • Highland distillery reveals the latest premium whisky in its collection
  • New bespoke decanter and packaging is inspired by the distillery’s scenic landscape and pays homage the exceptional spirit

Award-winning Highland distillery, Tomatin, has unveiled an exceptional new limited-edition 45Year Old single malt whisky.

Available from 27th March through airports and luxury global travel retail outlets, with only 250 individually numbered bottles available worldwide, this is the first time the distillery has released a 45 Year Old in travel retail.

Bottled at 41.5% ABV, it is available in a 70cl with a RRP of £7,500 (€8,500).

The extraordinary whisky has been gently matured in a Spanish Oloroso sherry cask for more than 45 years before being bottled in early 2023 at natural strength, natural colour, and non-chill filtered.

The result is a tropical spirit on the nose which is followed by a wave of summer berries and cherry before a dryness emerges in the form of freshly roasted coffee beans.

On the palate, a mix of dried tropical fruits develop before a burst of tangy Sanguinello blood orange, salted caramel chocolate, and a hint of herbal bitters.

A satin-like texture cloaks the palate with dried tropical fruits and tangy citrus, followed by the subtle influence of the sherry cask which comes through lightly at the end.

Tomatin’s latest premium aged statement is presented in an exquisite, custom-made Glencairn crystal decanter with a golden stopper, and is encased in a striking high gloss wooden box.

In hues of dark chocolate browns and gold, the packaging showcases Tomatin’s new luxury style for its premium range. The colours make subtle reference to the distillery’s Highland landscape, while curved doors and etchings on the wooden box represent the rolling hills which surround the distillery and the spirit travelling up the stills. 

Each pack comes with a bespoke metal certificate, signed by Master Distiller Graham Eunson, as he passes on guardianship to each of the new owners. 

Graham Eunson, Master Distiller at Tomatin Distillery, said:

“This is a remarkable moment for the distillery, as we reveal the latest premium aged-statement single malt whisky in our portfolio.

“Our 45 Year Old is a robust but complex single malt with a varied tasting profile that combines succulent fruit flavours with smooth, salty caramel, and a light sherry influence. Its rarity makes it perfect for a truly special occasion and the ideal addition for global collectors.

“Tomatin’s history tells a great story of craftsmanship and the perseverance of Highland whisky-making, and our 45 Year Old is a testament to this heritage.”

Whisky production has been central to the way of life in Tomatin since the 15th century, with the first formal distillery established in 1897. Located in the Scottish Highlands (near Inverness), Tomatin is famous for its portfolio of soft and mellow whiskies, including a core range, a limited-edition range and a premium archive range. 

Today, the local landscape and community remain at the heart of the brand, with many of the distillery’s craftspeople working at Tomatin for their entire working lives.

Tomatin Releases Limited-Edition 45 Year Old Single Malt Whisky

  • Highland distillery reveals the latest premium whisky in its collection
  • New bespoke decanter and packaging is inspired by the distillery’s scenic landscape and pays homage the exceptional spirit

Award-winning Highland distillery, Tomatin, has unveiled an exceptional new limited-edition 45Year Old single malt whisky.

Available from 27th March through airports and luxury global travel retail outlets, with only 250 individually numbered bottles available worldwide, this is the first time the distillery has released a 45 Year Old in travel retail.

Bottled at 41.5% ABV, it is available in a 70cl with a RRP of £7,500 (€8,500).

The extraordinary whisky has been gently matured in a Spanish Oloroso sherry cask for more than 45 years before being bottled in early 2023 at natural strength, natural colour, and non-chill filtered.

The result is a tropical spirit on the nose which is followed by a wave of summer berries and cherry before a dryness emerges in the form of freshly roasted coffee beans.

On the palate, a mix of dried tropical fruits develop before a burst of tangy Sanguinello blood orange, salted caramel chocolate, and a hint of herbal bitters.

A satin-like texture cloaks the palate with dried tropical fruits and tangy citrus, followed by the subtle influence of the sherry cask which comes through lightly at the end.

Tomatin’s latest premium aged statement is presented in an exquisite, custom-made Glencairn crystal decanter with a golden stopper, and is encased in a striking high gloss wooden box.

In hues of dark chocolate browns and gold, the packaging showcases Tomatin’s new luxury style for its premium range. The colours make subtle reference to the distillery’s Highland landscape, while curved doors and etchings on the wooden box represent the rolling hills which surround the distillery and the spirit travelling up the stills. 

Each pack comes with a bespoke metal certificate, signed by Master Distiller Graham Eunson, as he passes on guardianship to each of the new owners. 

Graham Eunson, Master Distiller at Tomatin Distillery, said:

“This is a remarkable moment for the distillery, as we reveal the latest premium aged-statement single malt whisky in our portfolio.

“Our 45 Year Old is a robust but complex single malt with a varied tasting profile that combines succulent fruit flavours with smooth, salty caramel, and a light sherry influence. Its rarity makes it perfect for a truly special occasion and the ideal addition for global collectors.

“Tomatin’s history tells a great story of craftsmanship and the perseverance of Highland whisky-making, and our 45 Year Old is a testament to this heritage.”

Whisky production has been central to the way of life in Tomatin since the 15th century, with the first formal distillery established in 1897. Located in the Scottish Highlands (near Inverness), Tomatin is famous for its portfolio of soft and mellow whiskies, including a core range, a limited-edition range and a premium archive range. 

Today, the local landscape and community remain at the heart of the brand, with many of the distillery’s craftspeople working at Tomatin for their entire working lives.

How to Travel with your Dog?

Flying can be an incredibly stressful experience for pets, especially when it comes to elderly dogs, pups or pets with health or behavioural challenges. Depending on the animal’s breed and size, they can travel as a carry-on or be shipped in cargo. Carry-on pets are generally limited to cats and dogs that meet the size, age and destination requirements.

There’s no denying that all animal lovers and pet owners dream about flying with their furry friend when going on vacations, since, after all, they are part of the family. No one likes leaving their pet behind while traveling, however, this is an increasingly popular practice, since some commercial airlines make it especially difficult to book a flight and travel with your pet.

To make it easier for pet owners, here we give you a complete guide on all you need to know when it comes to flying with pets, both commercially and privately.

What documents do I need when flying with a dog?

Before flying, make sure to meet the following conditions and present all the documents required to fly with your pet:

Having a microchip, applicable to both dogs and cats. When flying internationally, your dog must have a passport issued by a vet, certifying the vaccination record, especially the rabies vaccination, at least 21 days before the flight. Additionally, before traveling we advise you to check your destination’s specific conditions regarding carriage of animals. You can talk with your vet if you have any questions. Moreover, if you are traveling with your dog outside the EU, as well as the documents listed above, you’ll have to present:

  • In European Union or Shengen space countries: evidence of tapeworm treatment
  • In the rest of the countries: tapeworm treatment and blood test showing the treatment was effective.
  • Furthermore, when traveling to the US, keep in mind the following guidelines:
  • Dogs and cats must be at least 8 weeks old and must be weaned
  • Dogs require proof of rabies vaccination
  • Each State has specific Centers for Disease Control (CDC)

Booking and check-in tips when traveling with your dog

In order to include your pet in the booking, you must select this service during the customize your flight section. If you already booked your flight and would like to add your pet, contact the airline’s customer service center.

On the day of your flight, you must check-in early at the desks with enough time margin so that you are allocated seats that suit your needs. At the security control, the pet carrier along with the leash and food must go through the scanner, while your dog must pass the walk-through metal detector with you, either in your arms or walking on its own. You can also carry the food for your pet in your hand luggage.

Differences between flying commercial vs private with a dog

The first and most evident aspect you must sort out when deciding between flying commercial or private with your pet is, of course, the cost. In all other respects, when it comes to seat space, comfort and freedom of movement, there is no comparison between the two.

If you’re looking to enjoy a relaxing and eventless flying experience with your four-legged best friend, the most pet-friendly option is a private jet. Regardless of breed and size, unlike in commercial flights, when traveling privately your pet can travel in the aircraft cabin with you, rather than separately in the cargo hold. Whether your pet is an emotional support animal or pet, such as a dog, cat, bird or reptile, they are allowed to be with you in the cabin.

The calming presence of its owner will help your pet skip the uneasiness of the separation anxiety, and will make it possible to enjoy a worry-free flight where you won’t have to resort to solutions like pheromone-calming collars, prescription anxiety medicine or comfort items.

Besides, if you own more than 1 dog and don’t want to leave anyone behind, unlike with commercial aircrafts, when it comes to private jet charters there is no limitation on the size, breed or number of pets you can bring along.

Want to avoid feeling cramped and not being allowed to pet your dog during the flight? If you’re looking to have a pleasant experience while on board an aircraft, safety, comfort and peace of mind are a guarantee when flying with pets on a private jet.

Luxury Travel to Provence: Exploring the Heat of the French Countryside

Provence offers the best ideal destination for summer delights through its vibrant lifestyle. Provence’s vibrant colours in the warm and sunny season make it habitable for all travellers and wine connoisseurs. The French countryside offers charming medieval villages with fragrant lavender fields and lush green vineyards. Unlike most other fascinating regions, Provence has family-friendly villas in the French countryside, surrounded by tall trees, blooming roses and romantic décor. These luxury villas provide a respite from modern settings, allowing you to create a lifetime of unforgettable memories from your Luxury vacation to Provence. These villas are in the most accessible area where one can use their car, bus or plane to land.

Here are some luxury rental villas you should consider while exploring the heat of the French countryside.

Villa Allure

The premise is bright and spacious, making it the ideal place to stay with your loved ones. This luxurious chick has five bedrooms, five bathrooms, three living rooms, two open kitchens, two dinning rooms and a laundry room. It also has some indoor and outdoor amenities that you may need.

Bedrooms, bathrooms and laundry room

All bedrooms are located in the main house and furnished with one double bed.

The first bedroom is also equipped with a dressing room, a TV, a nature view and a terrace; the second bedroom has an office area; and the fourth bedroom has a nature view and a balcony. All the bathrooms have a double sink, a walk-in shower and a toilet, except for bathroom one, which lacks a walk-in shower but is equipped with a bathtub. Bathroom five, however, has a single sink and the laundry room has a washing machine and a dryer.

Dining rooms, living rooms and kitchens

Dining room one has eight seats, while dining room two is equipped with twelve seats. While both kitchens have an oven, ice machine and three refrigerators, kitchen two also have a bar while kitchen one has a central island, dishwasher, hood, oven, microwave, kettle, toaster and a Nespresso machine. Living room one and two are equipped with two sofas and a fireplace. However, living room one has a Hi-fi stereo and room two has a one arm chair. The third living room is fitted with a TV, one sofa and a bookshelf.

Villa Terra

This villa is another absolute haven of peace in the French countryside. This elegant lady has five bedrooms, four bathrooms, a laundry room, an open kitchen, two dining rooms and two living rooms. This facility is well-fitted for amenities, e.g., swimming, a gym and many others.

Bedrooms, bathrooms and laundry room

The laundry room is equipped with a dryer, a washing machine and a client. The bedrooms are all located in the main house. They have an alluring and delightful design and are equipped with a double bed. The beds in the bedroom are linked double beds. You can enjoy a walk-in shower in bathrooms one, two and three or a steam shower in bathroom four. Access a sink and a separate toilet in bathrooms two, three and four or enjoy a double sink in bathroom one.

The dining room, living room and kitchen

The kitchen is modernized and equipped to serve you at the highest level. There’s nothing you may need or lack in this kitchen, starting with refrigerators, a Nespresso machine, an oven and a dishwasher. The dining rooms are furnished with ten seats; one living room has a TV and two sofas; the other has two sofas, two arm chairs and a bar. All are fitted to serve your luxury travel to Provence.


After forgetting your obligations for refreshment on a luxury travel to Provence, you deserve a memorable moment. In the Provence, there are unlimited sites for you to explore. You can adventure in the cute towns, picturesque villages, vineyards, and magnificent landscapes. These luxury villas make your stay in Provence comfortable, adventurous and enjoyable. For the off-season explorers, Provence offers you a substantial Seren experience where you can enjoy skiing. You can also explore the picturesque villages and local cuisine without the hustle and buckle. No time or the weather should limit you from exploring the heat in the French countryside. There is no excuse to not creating magical moments in Provence.

The Dos and Don’ts of Denim-On-Denim

Throughout the history of fashion, there have been few items that can truly claim iconic status. However, denim is one fabric that has undoubtedly achieved this status. Its rugged durability and practicality originally made it a popular choice for miners and laborers, yet it quickly became a symbol of individuality and nonconformity.

From cowboy movies to rock ‘n’ roll music, denim has played a major role in popular culture helping make it a mainstay and fashion staple for generations to come. However, when it comes to pulling off the denim-on-denim look, also known as the “Canadian Tuxedo,” there are a few dos and don’ts to keep in mind. Read on for some helpful tips to ensure you are successful in working this trend.

Do: Mix and Match Shades

Mixing and matching different denim shades is key to getting the denim-on-denim look right. A great way to do this is by experimenting with different combinations, such as combining a light-wash shirt or denim jacket with a pair of dark blue, black, or grey jeans.

For a more daring look, try combining white denim with black denim to create a high-contrast outfit. You can browse different denim shades and get Diesel outfits at the lowest price by visiting this site.

Do: Play with Textures

Another way to incorporate different shades of denim into your look is by playing with textures. For example, pairing a distressed denim jacket with a pair of raw denim jeans creates a unique contrast in both texture and colour. This type of combination can add depth and dimension to your outfit, giving you a more fashionable and edgy look.

Do: Experiment with Different Outfits

While the classic denim jacket and jeans combo is always a safe bet, there are many other ways to incorporate denim into your outfit to create a unique and fashionable look. One option is to wear an open-buttoned denim shirt with a vest and a pair of fitted jeans. This look is effortlessly chic and modern, making it perfect for a casual day out. Alternatively, tucking a denim shirt into a figure-hugging denim pencil skirt can give you a polished and sophisticated look that makes a perfect choice for a night out.

Don’t: Overlook the Details

When it comes to denim, pay attention to the little things, such as the stitching, buttons, and pockets. For example, if your denim jacket has large, prominent buttons, pair it with jeans that have simple, understated stitching to avoid overwhelming your look. By making sure the details complement each other, rather than clash, you can create a balanced and cohesive outfit.

Don’t: Overdo the Accessories

Denim on denim is a statement in itself, so it’s important to keep the accessories to a minimum. Avoid pairing denim on denim with other denim accessories, such as a denim hat or denim shoes, as this can overwhelm your look. Instead, opt for simple accessories, such as a statement necklace, sunglasses, or a pair of classic white sneakers.

By keeping these dos and don’ts in mind, you can confidently rock the denim-on-denim trend and create a look that effortlessly showcases your style.

The Top Five Most Instagrammable Places in the Lake District

The Lake District attracts countless tourists every year, and it is easy to see why. A Cumbria Tourism survey found that 66% of visitors chose the Lake District because of its landscape.

But which areas of the Lakes are the most picturesque? Armathwaite Hall, a luxury hotel and spa offering spa break deals, has collated data from Instagram hashtags and location tags to find out which locations are most worthy of your Instagram grid!

Key Findings

  • With sights such as Lake Windermere and Orrest Head, Windermere is the most Instagrammable location in the Lake District with 1,000,000 hashtags and over 230,000 location tags.
  • Keswick is quaint and peaceful with stunning views of rolling green hills and lush open spaces. This location has 495,000 hashtags and over 240,000 location tags.
  • Ambleside sits at the head of Lake Windermere and is thought to be one of the best bases for exploring the Lake District. Ambleside has over 240,000 hashtags and over 100,000 location tags.
  • Ullswater is the second largest lake in England and the area offers access to the spectacular Aira Force waterfall. Ullswater has over 175,000 hashtags and over 115,000 location tags.
  • Derwentwater is also known as the Queen of the Lakes and offers peaceful waters are surrounded by smooth, pebbled foreshores and gentle green hills. This location has over 165,000 hashtags and 110,000 location tags.

1.     Windermere

#Windermere hashtags: 1,000,000

Location tags: 231,000

With plenty of shops, bars and restaurants, plus striking scenery, guided walking tours and boat trips, Windermere has something for everyone.

Although they are technically two separate areas, Windermere is very close to its neighbouring town, Bowness-on-Windermere. Both towns have plenty of photogenic views, including their traditional high streets. Small independent businesses sit alongside art galleries and antique shops, each exhibiting lovely old-English architecture with cornicing and coloured brick patterns. Bowness’ high street stretches down to the beautiful shoreline bordering the famous Lake Windermere.

Lake Windermere offers some of the best views in the area. At 10.5 miles long, a mile wide and 220 feet deep, it is the largest lake not only in the Lake District, but also in England. The glittering azure-blue waters surrounded by striking mountains and lush green woodland create a serene sense of tranquillity. To the north of the lake, the central fells are visible, with captivating woodland shorelines to the south.

Those who decide to tackle the fell climbs and hiking routes across Windermere, such as Orrest Head, will be rewarded with gorgeous panoramic views. Time your climb so you reach a high point around sunset to truly capture a moment of serene beauty, as the gentle light catches the sparkling surface of the lake.

2.     Keswick

#Keswick hashtags: 495,000

Location tags: 243,000

Quaint and peaceful, Keswick offers stunning views of rolling green hills and lush open spaces.

Keen walkers should try climbing nearby Latrigg to capture some beautiful bird’s-eye views of Keswick. It takes between two and three hours to reach the top, but if you can spare the time, the reward is a beautiful one with the town laid out in miniature detail before you. For those who do not fancy a spot of hiking, Fitz Park is a gorgeous place to relax. Set along the riverside, it is a popular area to enjoy a picnic whilst capturing some shots of the water.

Also nearby is the Castlerigg Stone Circle, an English Heritage site thought to be over 5,000 years old, it is potentially one of the oldest stone circles in the country. Views of the stones themselves are striking, but with the dramatic sweep of the mountains of Helvellyn and High Seat as a backdrop, this area is truly picturesque.

Leeann Lennox-Burrough, Sales and Marketing Manager at Armathwaite Hall, commented: “We are delighted to be located so close to Keswick, and our guests only have a short drive to explore this beautiful location. As well as this glorious local town, you can also explore Lake Bassenthwaite and gaze in awe at the spectacular Mount Skiddaw in this area – it is truly a hotspot of the Lake District.”

3.     Ambleside

#Ambleside hashtags: 244,000

Location tags: 109,000

Thought to be one of the best bases for exploring the Lake District, Ambleside sits at the head of Lake Windermere.

With gorgeous views of the lake stretching out before you, Waterhead Pier is a brilliant place to take some photographs. For those who want to head out on the water, there are rowing and motor boats available for hire, so you can capture a tranquil image of the open water, maybe with an appearance from a few ducks or swans if you are lucky!

A short walk from the pier takes you to the tranquil Stagshaw Gardens. Managed by the National Trust, these gardens offer stunning views of the lake via an atmospheric walk through the closely packed trees. In the colder months, visit at sunset for some moody shots infused with the deep colour of the turning leaves and branches laced with frost. In the warmer months, a daytime visit gives you the opportunity to capture the magnificent sprays of purple and pink flowers in full bloom.

Another scenic spot lies a short walk from the town centre – Stock Ghyll Force is an incredible 70-foot waterfall. The crashing white waters and woodland backdrop make for a stunning composition, made even more gorgeous by the pops of yellow daffodils that appear beneath the trees in spring.

Downstream from the waterfall stands Bridge House. A popular source of inspiration for many artists, this tiny building was originally an apple store for the nearby Ambleside Hall. Now owned by the National Trust, this building is the perfect subject for those interested in history.

4.     Ullswater

#Ullswater hashtags: 179,000

Location tags: 116,000

The second largest lake in England, Ullswater may be 7.5 miles long, but it is less than a mile across. Dramatic views border the lake, with sweeping mountainsides standing proudly to the south and softer hills rolling by to the north.

If you are visiting Ullswater, make sure not to miss Aira Force, a magnificent waterfall standing at 65 feet, accessed by passing through peaceful glades of lush green. The backdrop for William Wordsworth’s poem “Somnambulist”, this stunning waterfall really does express the beauty and power of nature. Red squirrels tend to explore the woodland near the waterfall, so patience could afford you with a flash of russet red in your photos!

For those in the mood for a fell walk, try the Gowbarrow Fell trail. Winding paths open out into sweeping views of the peaceful countryside against the backdrop of the shining Ullswater Lake. If you are lucky enough to have no cloud cover, the gentle curves of the hills on the other side of the lake are visible, illuminated by clear, blue skies, lending your photographs a further level of interest and beauty.

5.     Derwentwater

#Derwentwater hashtags: 167,000

Location tags: 112,000

A few minutes’ walk from Keswick town centre lies Derwentwater, a stunning three-mile-long lake. It is also known as the Queen of the Lakes due to the way the waters are cradled by the surrounding fells. Peaceful waters are surrounded by smooth, pebbled foreshores and gentle green hills.

The glittering waters of the lake are home to four islands featuring varied flora and fauna, which you can see clearly from one of the boat tours on offer. Cutting through the calm, glass-like water on a boat is one of the best ways to get close-up, tranquil shots of the lake itself.

Once back on dry land, try completing The Derwentwater Walk – a scenic 10-mile journey around the lake. This walk takes you past gorgeous woodland and offers wonderfully inspiring views of the lake.

Make sure not to miss Friar’s Crag, one of the best places for a stunning landscape shot. Writer and artist John Ruskin once said that the view from this point was one of the finest in Europe. There is a monument erected in recognition of his work next to the beautiful view of the breathtaking lake and misty hills in the distance. It is no wonder than the woodland visible on the other side of the lake is said to have been the inspiration for many of author Beatrix Potter’s beautiful nature and woodland sketches.

4 Non-Traditional Themes to Make Your Wedding Stand Out

When it comes to your wedding, you want it to be a day to remember, not only for you but also for your guests.

While traditions are still followed by the majority, with 83% of couples, for example,  continuing the first dance tradition, some feel it can make a wedding less personal. Instead, by injecting a theme close to you and your partner, you can ensure that your day is as you want it, with or without the first dance or white dress.

Here we will explore four non-traditional wedding themes to make your wedding day stand out.

A surprise wedding

What is a better way to make a memory stick than to create a surprise? Invite your guests to a party without mentioning the real occasion and see their surprise as your turn up as bride and groom – such as this couple who invited their loved ones to a fancy dress party without announcing it is their wedding.

A surprise wedding can be the perfect non-traditional way of making your day stand out. The suspense of the big day arriving will be unknown to your guests, making even the most traditional ceremony a complete shock to those who attend – but can you keep a secret?

Victorian gothic era

And why not flip the white dress for a black one and embrace your Victorian gothic side? For those of you who love all things horror, Halloween, and harrowing, you can indulge in your dark academia aesthetic throughout your wedding day.

Consider choosing a castle wedding venue as the perfect fit for the day, with the architecture feeding into your theme without the need for too much decoration.

For your table centrepieces, you can have your favourite books, horror-themed bouquets filled with red and black coloured flowers, or even photographs of you and your partner. And for those who might originally want a photo booth, you can opt for a Victorian style photograph station for the day.

Back garden bridal

When traditional weddings are mentioned, we tend to think of church ceremonies and hotel receptions populated with family and friends. But a more intimate wedding in a location personal to you and your partner could be the better way to spend your day. Our gardens have been our joy for the past few years, with Britons spending a shocking £16 billion on gardening between 2020 and 2021.

So why don’t we use these for our weddings? A small wedding ceremony with only your nearest and dearest can be a more intimate event.


Or if you’re looking for a small wedding with a surprise, then why not opt for an elopement? In fact, they’re becoming more popular among younger couples, with 91% of people considering an elopement, and since most people have heard of the beauty of Gretna Green as a spot for young elopers, why not take on this non-traditional form of a wedding?

Whether you are looking to surprise the family through already being married or hiding the event until the day, you can add the shock factor to your wedding. And for those of you looking for something a bit more personal, then ditching the white dress and opting for a gothic wedding or even a garden gathering could be the perfect way to go.

Move Differently – Why Luxury Relocation Services Are Superior

If you’ve moved your home from one place to another before, you must be familiar with the stress that comes with moving and relocating. Not only do you need to spend every ounce of physical energy you have packing all your things to the best of your ability, but then you’d also need to worry about the movers who are going to be handling your goods for a majority of the time.

Right from loading the trucks or vehicles to transporting it and finally unloading it – it can be a tiresome event that will leave you feeling drained.

The worst part is that very often, no matter how hard you try, some of your things are going to end up broken or even worse – missing. That’s why it’s so important to find the right movers, so you can sit back and relax a bit without having to stress yourself out about moving.

And that’s where luxury relocation services make all the difference. In this blog, we’ll walk you through some of the essential reasons of why you should consider luxury movers the next time you’re shifting, how it will benefit you, and what you can expect to see along the way. Now let’s get started.

1. Personalized services that set your mind at ease

When transferring your precious items from one place to another, you’re bound to have certain specifications for all your goods, especially the boxes that contain fragile or extremely important objects.

However, expecting regular movers to give special attention to each one of your expectations can be a bit much, simply because they are used to transporting dozens of boxes each day and tend to treat all goods in a similar fashion.

However, when you’re working with luxury transporters, you can expect to receive personalized services where you will be able to share specifications for each one of your shipments to ensure that nothing gets damaged even by accident.

What’s more is that you can request to have special packaging or padding for boxes that consist of extremely fragile objects – this way, you can be rest assured that all your items will reach safety and sound, even if you aren’t on top of every detail.

The main perk of having a luxury mover is that they take care of all the nitty gritties and tiny details, so moving wouldn’t have to be as much of a stressful event as it seems.

There are numerous movers that offer personalized services on request – you can use Agoyu to find the perfect relocation service for your goods and even compare the options you get to find the one that works best for you.

2. Save a lot of time by outsourcing

Forget about personally having to pack all your things, test them, and finally label them before you hand it over to the movers. Luxury movers specialize in making sure that you don’t have to do any of the work, so you can depend on them to take care of just about everything.

Even if it’s out of their scope, they’ll find a way to handle it since they often outsource many tasks that come along during the moving process. This way, you wouldn’t have to individually find different services to get the job done.

3. Get a comprehensive package

Not only are you signing up for the best moving experience, but you’ll also be able to enjoy other benefits – such as access to exclusive properties that you won’t be able to easily find on the market, such as high-end apartments and homes.

This is because luxury moving services may have access to other properties that you won’t find in traditional real estate channels. This way, you’ll be able to find better options for the new home you’re moving into and even reduce the overall cost of having to go through a separate real estate agent.

PCA Skin’s Spring Skincare Bible

3. Hydrating serums that create radiant, bright skin:

When changing between the seasons, you have to ensure that your skin stays hydrated without applying too much moisture. Too much moisture can result in clogged pores and too little creates dry, tight skin. A serum is the perfect balance for your spring switch-up.  

Resurfacing serum – £99

A new gentle, multifaceted exfoliator that delivers a unique blend of exfoliation and hydration to reveal clearer, more even, and radiant looking skin. The multi-tasking serum simultaneously exfoliates, calms, and hydrates the skin, helping to improve skin tone, texture, and clarity.

Its unique formula features a slow release glycolic arginine complex and hydrolyzed prickly pear flower extract to help dull skin appear even and smooth without irritation.

3 Beautiful Examples of Statement Jewellery

Statement jewellery is a staple of the fashion industry that continues to change and evolve with the times.

The cool thing about this ever-changing trend is that it’s not about the materials or even the jewellery itself. These pieces can be made from a variety of materials, including precious metals, gemstones, beads, and even plastic or other unconventional materials. Plus, they are often oversized, colourful, and elaborate.

Statement jewellery pieces are bold and eye-catching, and their main purpose is to be the focal point of an outfit while also conveying a message about the wearer’s personality. Plus, when a piece of statement jewellery is worn by a celebrity or a famous person, it starts a powerful trend that takes over the world.

If you want to know more about the different types of statement jewellery and which celebrities wore them best, we have a few impressive examples for you.

1. Oversized Hoop Earrings

Hoop earrings have been worn for centuries by people from different cultures around the world, and their history can be traced back to ancient times. For instance, in ancient Egypt, hoop earrings were a symbol of wealth and status.

Closer to our current times, oversized hoop earrings became a popular fashion accessory and were worn by pop icons like Madonna and Janet Jackson in the 1980s. Hoop earrings have been around ever since the 1970s. They were often paired with leather jackets, ripped jeans, and other edgy clothing.

Today, oversized hoops are indicative of confidence and individuality and are often worn by women who are not afraid to flaunt their personalities. In fact, hoop earrings have been a celeb favorite, as you can see them on big names like Rihanna, Miley Cyrus, Bella Hadid, Megan Fox, Beyonce, and Margo Robbie (all powerful and independent women).

2. The Attallah Cross

This is a unique piece of statement jewellery with quite an interesting history. The Attallah cross worn by Princess Diana to a charity gala in 1987 is nowadays a world-famous item that can only fit an equally unique personality.

The cross was designed by the then Crown Jeweller Garrard in the 1920s and combines beautiful square-cut amethysts and circular-cut diamonds in a bold and symbolic design. The cross was bought by Naim Attallah (hence, the name), a friend of Princess Diana, so she got to wear it at several different events.

The cross was not worn in public since Princess Diana’s passing, but it was recently auctioned and sold to Kim Kardashian. So, we should expect to see the impressive piece of jewellery soon enough.

3. Chunky Necklaces

In ancient Egypt, chunky necklaces were often made from gold and precious stones and were worn by both men and women as a symbol of wealth and status. These necklaces were often elaborate and included intricate designs and patterns.

The trend endured across centuries and became extremely popular during the 1920s when people used to wear them with short bob hairstyles and drop-waist dresses. Fast forward to the 1960s and 70s, and chunky necklaces became a staple of the hippie movement. Only this time, the necklaces were made from natural materials like wood, shells, and hemp and were worn with flowy, bohemian clothing.

In recent years, chunky necklaces have made a comeback in the fashion world and are popular among a wide range of people. They are often worn as statement pieces and can be found in a variety of materials and designs, from gold and silver to colourful plastic and acrylic.

You can find Miley Cyrus, Rihanna, Sarah Jessica Parker, Aimee Song, and Dua Lipa among the celebs who love to wear them. All these amazing women love to wear a heavy pearl or gold necklace to showcase their confidence and fashion style.

Wrap Up

Statement jewellery pieces look amazing on you and can make even the most boring outfit shine if you know how to wear them. These items are often worn with simple, understated clothing to add a pop of Color and interest to an outfit, but you can pair them with other bold pieces for a more dramatic look.

The secret is to ensure your personality and demeanour match the power of the jewellery item you wear. Otherwise, it will just look weird on you, and it can make you look small and unsure of yourself, which is the exact opposite effect.

Restoring Life Balance: 7 Idyllic Destinations In Miami For A Wellness Retreat

If you need to take a break from your routine, Miami is the place to be. Its stunning beaches, clear skies, delicious cuisine, and vibrant culture make it an excellent location for a wellness retreat. There are many ways to unwind and revitalize in this sunny city, from opulent spas to yoga sessions on the sand. You’ll understand that you can move closer to discovering a new equilibrium in life with the help of your peers. These are some fantastic locations to utilize during your health retreat.

1. Acqualina Resort

Sunny Isles Beach is home to this acclaimed beachside retreat. It is a terrific option for those wishing to escape the hustle and bustle of city life. The resort offers an array of possibilities when it comes to wellness activities. You can participate in a yoga session, swim, or even enjoy some personal time at their spa. The services here range from body wraps to facials and massages. The hotel offers many dining alternatives, from seafood and steak delicacies to vegetarian and vegan choices. The resort’s seaside bar also serves cool beverages, making it perfect for a quiet evening.

However, for an even better experience, consider purchasing a luxury home in Miami Beach. Also, it allows you complete flexibility to explore the area at your own pace. Learn as much as possible about the available luxury Miami homes when investing in such a property. Use trusted websites online to check out the distribution of available homes. Choose a site with extensive information, as your decision-making depends on it. Clear information should be provided regarding both the pricing and the listings.

Which Leisure Activities Can You Expect?

Private tennis and golf clubs are accessible nearby. Also, you have access to a cutting-edge fitness center and the beach volleyball court. Moreover, you may rent a beach cruiser or an all-terrain vehicle to explore the neighborhood and adjacent beaches. The Acqualina Resort also offers many services, such as pet-walking services, which help visitors to look after their furry pets in a safe and secure setting. 

Contact the concierge to arrange a personal yoga or fitness instructor or book tickets to amusement parks and other regional events. In addition to the recreational activities, guests can participate in cultural activities such as culinary workshops or language courses. The resort’s library also offers books for people who want to read throughout their stay.

2. Eden Roc Resort

This landmark guesthouse is located on Miami Beach, with spectacular ocean views. The resort has a range of amenities, including access to private beaches, a fitness facility, and unique spa services. Guests can participate in activities like yoga sessions or jogging along the seaside as part of their wellness package. The hotel also offers various eating alternatives, ranging from nutritious meals to gourmet cuisine.

The resort has a private beach, a pool with an infinity edge, and cabanas. For individuals who want to explore the area, they also rent kayaks. Eden Roc Resort also has a concierge service that can arrange boat cruises, spa treatments, and shopping outings. Visitors can rent bicycles to explore Miami’s sights or book a private chef for a unique dining experience.

What Makes the Place Standout?

As a visitor at the Eden Roc Resort, you can anticipate several services, like complimentary Wi-Fi and parking, 24-hour room service, and valet parking. Additionally, they offer a minibar equipped with snacks and quality bedding. The resort also has an outdoor pool and hot tubs for relaxing in the sun. The variety of water recreational options available to visitors includes anything from stand-up paddleboarding and snorkeling to surfing and kite surfing. In addition, Eden Roc Resort offers many services, such as a shopping service for things unavailable at the resort’s shops or customized trips to neighboring destinations such Historic Vizcaya Museum and Gardens.

3. Hotel Faena

The opulent Faena Hotel is a resort-style hotel located on Miami Beach’s oceanfront. Here, you’ll find everything from rooftop bars to private beach cabanas. It’s also home to the Tierra Santa Healing House spa, which provides treatments and services to restore balance and harmony in your life.

The spa provides many holistic therapies and procedures, such as yoga lessons, massages, and facials. The location is excellent for a wellness getaway, and you’ll feel at ease amongst the serene gardens and relaxing music. Meanwhile, the hotel’s restaurants are renowned for their delicious cuisine that celebrates local flavors.

What are the Unique Amenities?

The facilities at the Faena Hotel Miami Beach are unmatched in helping you achieve equilibrium during your retreat. A swimming pool, fitness center, and several restaurants specialize in vegan dishes. Also, you can benefit from on-site yoga lessons and spa treatments. The accommodations include balconies, free Wi-Fi, and ocean views. Also, why not reserve one of the deluxe suites for a lavish stay to pamper yourself? You can also visit the nearest open house if you are searching for your second home during your stay.

The in-room spa services are another highlight, letting you enjoy a relaxing massage or facial right in the comfort of your room. You need to book in advance, and the spa staff will deliver everything you desire.

4. 1 Hotel South Beach

One of the most well-liked locations for a wellness retreat in Miami is this eco-chic hotel. The 1 Hotel South Beach has all the amenities and relaxation options. The spa at the hotel offers a variety of treatments, such as body wraps, facials, and massages. Additionally, there are saunas, steam rooms, and a plunge pool. Additionally, the hotel provides a variety of yoga classes in addition to private lessons with qualified instructors. The Bamford wellness center is typically the best place to go if you want a top-notch experience. Here, you can use therapies to ease aching muscles and promote relaxation. Natural components are a significant plus since these will assist in nourishing your skin and promote your general well-being.

A gym and an outdoor pool with a sundeck are among the hotel’s amenities. In addition, the rooms include every modern convenience you could want, like flat-screen TVs, rain showers, and cozy beds. And if you’re seeking to try something new, there are lots of activities available in the vicinity, from watersports to eco-tours. The hotel’s restaurant serves a nutritious menu of vegan and vegetarian cuisine, fresh seafood, and organic wines. Also, there is a bakery on campus with delectable pastries if you ever feel like treating yourself.

What Makes it Distinctive?

The building prioritizes environmental friendliness; as a result, it has a green design made of recycled materials. Additionally, the hotel offers all its visitors free yoga blocks and mats. They follow many environmentally friendly procedures that lessen their carbon footprint.

Some other attractions of this eco-friendly getaway include organic toiletries, energy-efficient lighting, and beds made from sustainably sourced materials. Also, the crew has received extensive training in sustainability and is always eager to provide visitors with additional details regarding green practices.

5. Carillon Miami Wellness Resort

If you’re seeking a location to relax and unwind, the Carillon Miami Wellness Resort is the right option. The hotel has excellent wellness facilities and amenities designed to help you find balance and harmony. The spa provides many services in this location, including massages, body wraps, facials, and aromatherapy. Also, you can benefit from the sauna and steam room as well as yoga courses or private lessons with a qualified instructor.

It’s also important to note the resort’s fitness center. The gym provides a variety of exercises for all skill levels, including cardio and weight training. Additionally, the resort offers an outdoor pool with a sundeck, making it excellent for cooling off after a workout. When it comes to the rooms, they are fitted with modern facilities and come with ocean views or balconies. Additionally, there are In-room iPads to help you stay connected and high-speed free internet connectivity.

What Makes it Different?

The Carillon Miami Wellness Resort focuses on helping its guests attain optimal health and well-being via nutrition. Professional nutritionists give customized meal programs depending on the guest’s demands. Additionally, they help visitors locate the correct supplements for their diet and offer cooking workshops focused on healthy eating.

The resort also provides numerous unique activities, such as meditation and Pilates courses, to assist guests in resting and unwinding. Furthermore, it has many eco-friendly amenities, such as organic toiletries and sustainably sourced bedding. 

6. Fontainebleau Resort

If you are searching for a historically and architecturally noteworthy hotel in Miami, the Fontainebleau Miami Beach is an excellent alternative. The hotel boasts approximately 1,500 bedrooms and suites, with breathtaking ocean and skyline views.

The wellness amenities at this facility are highly excellent. A 22,000-square-foot spa offers various services, such as massages, body wraps, facials, and aromatherapy. Additionally, the establishment provides yoga lessons and a gym with cardio and weight equipment.

The eateries here serve beautiful meals, from healthy vegan cuisine to fresh seafood alternatives. You can visit their on-site bakery for sweet treats or try one of their mouthwatering desserts.

Key Features and Amenities

You’ll discover that the accommodations at Fontainebleau Miami Beach offer contemporary conveniences if you’re a traveler hoping to unwind and unwind. Each room has a Television, a laptop-sized safe, a minibar filled with drinks, and plush bedding. Also, a laundry valet service is offered so visitors can wash their clothes without leaving the comfort of their hotel. The hotel offers a free shuttle service from its grounds to several sites throughout Miami for guests who want to see the city.

The pool at this location is highly noteworthy since it has breathtaking views of the Atlantic Ocean. Visitors can take advantage of this outdoor haven by relaxing by the pool or swimming in the refreshing waters. Besides, you can enjoy a non-motorized water sport such as snorkeling and kayaking. To ensure a green atmosphere, the property uses eco-friendly measures such as employing solar energy to power the buildings and recycling waste whenever possible.

7. The Setai

The Setai, in the center of Miami Beach, provides opulent spa services and yoga classes to help you unwind and recharge. You can also benefit from their grand poolside cabanas and private beachfront for the perfect beach day. The location is ideal for a wellness retreat because of its well-known laid-back attitude. The beautiful courtyard has serene water features and lush landscaping and is an excellent spot to practice meditation.

Besides, try the Valmont spa if you’re looking for a spa unlike any other. With its world-class spa treatments and luxury amenities, this is a perfect spot to relax and unwind during your stay. You can get everything from massages to facials at the state-of-the-art facility, so you’ll feel renewed and revitalized in no time. You must try Valmont’s signature facial treatments. They employ lotions, pure extracts, and essential oils that hydrate the skin and enhance its healing capacity. Of course, there is also a fantastic sauna where you can further relax your body. Here are some of the popular services to request when you go:

  • Hydration of the Bisses
  • The energy of the Glaciers
  • Luminosity of Ice
  • The firmness of the Hills

All of these can be enjoyed in a serene environment surrounded by plants. The professionals will go a long way to customize a service that suits your needs. Valmont provides a comprehensive selection of food and drinks so that you may have a nice dinner after your spa session.

Ready to Practice Yoga to Restore Balance?

Visit Sole on the Beach to take one of their popular yoga courses. This beachfront studio is perfect if you want to unwind and be in the moment. The lessons qualified instructors conduct will help you reconnect with your inner self while focusing on your breathing and posture. Nothing compares to practicing yoga on the sand.

Besides, if you’re looking for something a little more adventurous, why not try to stand up paddleboarding at Island Paddleboard? Here, you can join a tour guide for a stroll across Miami’s stunning bays and waterways. The trips are tailored to your experience level, so you won’t have to worry about feeling out of your depth.

Many possibilities are accessible when looking for a dreamy location in Miami for a wellness retreat. There is something for everyone, from opulent resorts with access to private beaches to eco-friendly getaways. You will undoubtedly find the ideal resort, regardless of which you pick, for regaining your balance and indulging in much-needed peace and relaxation. So why wait any longer? Now, reserve a wellness vacation in Miami and use it fully.

A New Era of Sustainability: What It Means for the Luxury Sector

Waste and unsustainable practices in the fashion industry and its long-term effects on the planet, have become an increasing concern among millennials and Gen Z.

As both of these groups are expected to account for 70% of the global personal luxury goods market by 2025, big changes are expected from the luxury sector to tailor to a new consumer mindset.

The Watch Exchange experts reveal some of the ways in which the industry is adapting its processes and products in order to achieve a more sustainable reputation (pun intended).

Why luxury brands are shifting towards sustainability

The fashion industry’s efforts to ensure responsible sourcing and sustainability have evolved into a wholesale rethink of manufacturing and marketing. But what prompted this sudden change? Well, with new generations come a whole new set of values and consumer mindsets. Millennials and Gen Z base many or their purchase decisions on inclusivity, transparency, and sustainability, three core values that are becoming non-negotiable for the new wave of consumers. A recent report on young luxury shoppers found that nearly a third considered a brand’s ethical credentials before making a purchase. In order to seduce the new luxury consumer, the industry has to change.

However, The Watch Exchange adds that “contrary to popular belief, consumers are not the only driving forces behind this change”. Investors are the second most influential shareholders in facilitating the shift towards shaping a more sustainable future in the fashion industry. The Watch Exchange reveals that “investors tend to put a lot of attention into the risk profile of their investments and are focusing more on sustainability”. This is because a negative sustainability story could do serious damage to the brand in which they invest. These reasons for selecting more sustainable brands may not be as pure as that of the everyday consumer, but it is still a factor pushing this change in the fast-fashion and the luxury sectors.

Fast Fashion Vs Luxury Fashion

The call to prioritize sustainability comes from research which shows fashion to be the second most polluting industry in the world, after oil. It is not untrue that fast-fashion brands are the ones we tend to blame first for this finding due to the short-term, disposable nature of their products. Luxury fashion, compared to their counterparts, are initially painted in a good light, with luxury products typically having a long lifespan after the point of purchase and its exclusivity preventing overproduction and overconsumption.

However, the luxury fashion sector is not entirely blameless. Luxury brands often pride themselves on producing pieces of high-quality that reflect a brands heritage and values. To achieve such results, luxury brands require the highest standard of fabrics, dyes, and other production materials. Consequently, large quantities of natural resources are poured into creating these perfect quality pieces, and some luxury brands have even been known to discard sub-par or inadequate material as well as incinerating pieces that didn’t sell in the market, as they did not wish to lose the ‘exclusivity’ of their products. For instance, in 2018, Burberry sent 28.6 million Euros worth of products to the incinerator.

What changes are currently in progress?

Many Luxury fashion brands have taken their first steps towards sustainability, while others have truly integrated sustainability into their brands core values. A suitable example of this can be seen through the perfume brand Etat Libre d’Orange. In May of 2018 it launched its Les Fleurs du Déchet (Flowers of the waste), which is a fragrance created using perfume-industry waste. On the other end of the luxury spectrum, Burberry and Kering are among the luxury companies looking to future-proof their business by investing in the development of new materials and technologies like in-vitro leather – lab-grown cow product – and 3D printing.

Likewise, luxury watch brands are also questioning the methods used to obtain the raw materials used in these timepieces.  Other ways in which luxury brands can uphold an image of sustainability is through contribution projects to protect the planet. For example, Rolex, through its Perpetual Planet Initiative, is supporting ocean conservation non-profit Mission Blue in its goal to create a global network of Hope Spots, areas that deserve protection as they are home to vital marine ecosystems.

Creating a circular economy

Due to the longevity and exclusivity of luxury pieces, many people who wish to dispose of them can turn to online consignment sites to upcycle their luxury goods, and in return receive its monetary value. Major luxury fashion houses are beginning to understand the benefits. The Watch Exchange confirms that “brands are realising that consignment players are in fact helping to extend the reach and convertibility of their brands”, facilitating the emergence of a circular economy that offers a new way of looking at sustainability.

The Watch Exchange is a prime example of this process, encouraging those who no longer want their luxury watches from brands such as Rolex and Patek Philippe, to trade in their timepiece and receive its monetary value.                                                   

Discover Bali’s Cultural Heritage with Laguna Resort & Spa

We reached out to the Head Concierge of Laguna, Verina Rendiza to share her top tips on making the most of your luxurious holiday to Bali!

Bali seems very familiar and you may have seen many of the more popular places on your Instagram reels. However, Bali still has many unexplored places, authentic culture, rooted traditions, and hidden gems that amaze people every time. From luxury high-end choices to curated experiences for our guests, it is my duty to unlock a sense of exploration and invite our guests to boost their adrenaline. Here at The Laguna Bali, we engage through our Brand Signature programs: Destination Discovery, the Be Epicurean experience with the Jamu Ritual, the Ramayana Cultural performance, Balinese Blessings, as well as the Epicurean Journey. Our guests at the resort are keen to open the gates to discover Bali, exploring different sides of the island, to seek the unknown. They are eager to learn more deeply about the Balinese culture that has touched their hearts. There is plenty to do in Bali beyond the crowds of Kuta, Ubud, and Seminyak. Read on for more:

1. Explore Goa Maya Cave

Still a very rare trip, this off-the-beaten-path cave and its sprawling labyrinth of underground tunnels is found in Bayan village. Visitors must first trekthrough the jungle to reach the cave, where its complex network of tunnels extends an impressive 2,000 meters. They are thought to have been built around 750 years ago, originally as the irrigation system for nearby rice paddies. Strongly connected to the traditional culture of the Balinese and their deep respect for the earth, Goa Maya has a mystical atmosphere. Seek out the shrine within, where locals still come to pray and where many claim to feel a powerful, spiritual energy.

2. Heritage Travel

A special visit to the Royal Family of Kerambitan, who represent Bali in its current progressive form with roots in Balinese history dating from the 13th century. The visit can be arranged only for special guests from The Laguna, who will have assistance from the seventh generation of the royal family, the present monarch, King Anak Agung Ngurah Oka Silagunadha, who prefers to be called Bapak Oka. Guests can learn about the rich history of the palace and about Balinese culture, such as Balinese offerings and dances, as well as having lunch with the Royal Family.

3. Mystical Tour at Kedisan and Trunyan Village

Discover the rituals of Bali’s ancient villages by visiting Kedisan village. Aside from spending a day in the most spectacular of scenery, guests will havethe chance to learn from knowledgeable and passionate villagers about their history. The journey is followed by visiting Trunyan and Bayung Gede villages for their unique and distinctive funeral customs.

Nestled on Bali’s pristine white sand beach of Nusa Dua with infinite Indian Ocean views, The Laguna, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Nusa Dua, Bali boasts seven shimmering lagoon pools, one for each day of the week, and 287 guestrooms, suites and villas surrounding lush tropical gardens. Featuring an enchanting Lagoon Spa and state-of-the-art fitness centre, contemporary indoor and outdoor meeting venues all complemented by the personalized touches of the Luxury Collection Concierge service, which curates its programs to unlock the true essence of Bali for global explorers. The Laguna Resort & Spa delivers a variety of dining options from around the world: Banyubiru for Pan-Asian and international cuisines, beachfront Arwana for unparalleled premium coastal cuisine showcasing fresh live seafood, oysters, sushi, and the island’s favourite Sunday Beach & BBQ Brunch. Cornerstone, a private wine room and Deli highlighting casual dining, homemade treats, and daily specialties. Signature cocktails, wines, spirits, and light bites are on offer throughout the resort at Kul Kul Bar, de Balé Lounge & Bar and Sapphire Bar.

Prices start from: 330$ / £278 for a Deluxe Garden View Room. March – April (including Easter) 

Luxury Coach Rental in Venice: A Unique Travel Experience

One of the most stunning and distinctive cities in the world is Venice, the city of canals. It is a well-liked tourist attraction for people from all over the world because of its fascinating history, beautiful architecture, and picturesque canals. While many tourists go around Venice on foot or by water, there is an additional choice that is ideal for those who wish to see the city in style: renting a luxury bus.

With a luxury coach rental in Venice, you can take advantage of the city’s allure and beauty without worrying about squeezing through congested streets or getting lost in the network of canals. Here are just a few reasons why luxury coach rental in Venice is the perfect choice for your next trip to Italy:

Comfort and Convenience

One of the main benefits of luxury coach rental is that it provides a comfortable and convenient way to explore the city. With a luxury coach, you can relax in plush seats, enjoy air conditioning, and even watch a movie or listen to music during your journey.

In addition to the comfort factor, luxury coach rental is also incredibly convenient. You can be picked up and dropped off at any location in the city, making it easy to plan your itinerary and visit all the top attractions without having to worry about parking or navigating public transportation.

Flexible Itinerary

Another advantage of luxury coach rental is the flexibility it provides. With a private coach, you can create a customized itinerary that meets the needs of your group. Whether you want to explore the famous canals, visit the iconic Piazza San Marco, or simply take a leisurely stroll through the city’s charming streets, your driver can take you wherever you want to go.

This flexibility is particularly valuable for groups who want to explore the city at their own pace, without being tied to a fixed schedule or itinerary. With a luxury coach rental, you can take your time and enjoy everything the city has to offer, without feeling rushed or constrained by the limitations of public transportation.

Impress Your Clients or Colleagues

If you’re traveling to Venice for a corporate event, a luxury coach rental can be a great way to impress your clients or colleagues. A private coach provides a professional and luxurious way to transport your group to your destination, and it can be a great way to make a positive impression.

In addition to the comfort and convenience factors, luxury coach rental also provides an opportunity to add a touch of elegance and sophistication to your trip. With features like leather seating, tinted windows, and premium audio systems, a luxury coach rental in Venice is the perfect way to travel in style.

Safety and Reliability of a Coach Hire in Venice

When you choose to rent a luxury coach in Venice, you can have peace of mind knowing that your safety is taken care of. Reputable companies such as BCS bus rental and bus charter Venice ensure that their coaches are well-maintained and regularly inspected for safety. Before each trip, the coach is thoroughly checked by a team of mechanics to ensure that everything is in working order.

Additionally, luxury coach rental companies hire only experienced and professional drivers who are well-versed in the streets and roads of Venice. These drivers are highly trained and have excellent safety records, so you can trust that they will get you to your destination safely and efficiently.

The safety and reliability of luxury coach rentals are especially important for corporate events or high-profile trips. Punctuality and professionalism are essential in these situations, and a delayed arrival or transportation mishap can reflect poorly on your company.

Furthermore, luxury coaches are equipped with state-of-the-art safety features, such as seat belts, airbags, and advanced braking systems. These features not only enhance passenger safety but also ensure a comfortable and enjoyable travel experience.


Luxury coach rental in Venice is a unique and memorable way to explore the city’s stunning beauty and rich history. With the comfort, convenience, and flexibility it provides, a private coach is a perfect choice for anyone who wants to experience all the charm and elegance that Venice has to offer. So why not book your luxury coach rental in Venice today and embark on a journey you’ll never forget?

Luxury Art Reproduction Stores

A good painting or poster hanging up in your home adds much to the room. Good artwork can also improve your mood and inspire happiness, peace, and an all-around appreciation for life. At the same time, it adds classiness and character to your home.

Nowadays, anyone can buy a reproduction of their favourite famous painting at a fraction of what the original is worth. These high-quality replica paintings are just as good as their original and, in many cases, are a quality improvement. They can also be modified and customised to your own personal needs.

Many websites offer this kind of service today, so there is no excuse for you not to own a famous or historically significant fine art reproduction. The following looks at some of the best ones to help you decide which is right for you. is a great place for all your personal and commercial art requirements. They specialize in creating and selling reproductions of all the great masterpieces from all the greatest masters throughout history. They offer art gallery-level quality replicas at affordable prices, not to mention many other customizable options.

Alongside their handmade reproductions of classic oil paintings, their hand-crafted portraits and personalised paintings are also second to none. However, suppose you are looking to go that extra mile and want a customised painting or a high-quality copy painting of a famous oil painting painted new by a dedicated and professional modern artist. In that case, is the right choice for you.

Things are very different than they were in the past, and in today’s world, the customer has more control than ever. That said, if you want a handmade painting of a certain artist’s work in a certain size or style, it is all just one click away.

Veritable Treasure Trove of Art

Immaculately categorized by genre and artists, 1st Art Gallery allows you to find just the right work of art for your home or business. Their collection includes a wide range of styles, mediums, and topics, including contemporary visual art, oil paintings, charcoal sketches, watercolors, and more. Alluring styles, such as Baroque still lifes and botanical paintings, are perfect for private galleries, while other pieces are ideal for public display spaces.

Plus, you can purchase replica arts of famous works of art, so you don’t have to miss out on any of the world’s greatest masterpieces. Replica arts are made of high-quality materials and meticulously handmade by experts. You will not be able to tell the difference!

The Premier Destination for Custom Artwork

At 1st Art Gallery, we offer a wide selection of custom artwork to fit any style and budget. Our experienced team of talented artists will work with you to design a one-of-a-kind piece that perfectly captures your vision.

Whether you are searching for an original work of art for your home or business, we have something that will fit your needs. From iconic artworks like Mona Lisa to vintage posters and customized paintings of famous paintings to photographs to paintings, 1st Art Gallery has you covered.

Starry Night

Vincent Van Gogh

That said, the easy-to-use online ordering system allows you to customize your artwork to fit your exact specifications. Once you’ve completed your order, the 1st Art Gallery team of experienced artists will begin working on your unique piece of art. With 1st Art Gallery, you can be sure that your artwork will be truly unique and one-of-a-kind.

Besides, their custom oil painting section offers step-by-step instructions and will give you a price estimate beforehand, so there will be no financial surprises before buying.

Customer Service

That’s not all! 1st Art Gallery has earned a reputation for taking the utmost care in selecting only the finest art pieces, and their customer service is second to none. The dedicated team of experts is always ready to help you find the perfect piece and answer any questions you may have about the artwork or their services. They also offer free shipping and returns, so you can rest assured you are getting the perfect art piece for your home or office. 1st Art Gallery strives to provide the highest level of customer service and satisfaction with every purchase.

Everyone knows that is the number one stop for all your shopping needs, and this is no exception when buying an affordable art reproduction. Their track record for meeting customer needs and affordable prices are just two reasons why the website is so popular with consumers. However, when it comes to replica paintings and fine art reproductions, it can’t quite compete with platforms like 1st Art Gallery.


There is a plethora of platforms which you can order art reproductions from. However, it should always be noted that you should carry out thorough research about the platform, art quality, and service review prior to placing the order.

Hermès The Hero At Elmwood’s


Elmwood’s in West London is thrilled to announce the successful result of their first Specialist sale of Designer Handbags & Fashion, which comprised 60 lots of luxury designer handbags and accessories from the world’s finest fashion houses such as Hermès, Chanel and Louis Vuitton. The auction (on March 16, 2023) saw competitive bidding via the internet and on the phones from around the world, demonstrating the interest in rare, high-quality pieces.

Among the stars of the sale were 5 highly coveted ‘Birkin’ and ‘Kelly’ bags by Hermès including lot 11, a vert amande epsom leather Sellier Birkin 25 which achieved £19,500 and lot 32, a chocolate and orange H epsom leather retourne Kelly 25 which achieved £11,000, these prices demonstrating both the enduring desirability of the bags and how strongly bidders will compete for the finest examples.

Commenting on the strong competition for the Hermès bags in particular, Designer Handbag & Fashion Specialist, Violante Massimo said: “We saw intense bidding from both domestic and international clients for these pieces. We are delighted with the strong results achieved, selling 100% of Hermès Birkins and Kellys offers, which is testament to not only hard work of our team, but also the sheer quality and curation of the lots that were selected for sale”. This trend is set to continue in their next sale in June. “We intend to continue being selective with our consignments, as well as precise in the execution of both the cataloguing and photography of each piece. Lot 11, purchased directly at Hermès last year for 8400 EUR sold for 19,500 GBP, highlighting both the strength of the market for high quality pieces as well as the advantage of selling with a well-respected luxury specialist auction house”

“Buying at auction really is the smartest way to shop sustainably” says Elmwood’s co-owner Ben Gosling. “Due to their immense popularity and the time taken to painstakingly create each bag, you can be waiting years on waiting lists to even be offered the chance to buy one from a retail location.  Whereas at auction, you can have one within a matter of weeks.” There is no need to worry about compromising on quality either as “all bags sold at Elmwood’s are checked and verified by our specialists but also chosen for their condition.”

The ‘Birkin’ bag remains one of the most sought-after handbags in history. The idea for the ‘Birkin’ bag came about when Hermès chief executive, Jean-Louis Dumas sat next to French actress, singer and fashion icon Jane Birkin, on a flight from Paris to London. Birkin had a straw traveling bag from which everything fell out when she tried to place it in the overhead compartment and she complained that she couldn’t find a leather weekend bag the right size or that she liked, leading Dumas to create the bag of her namesake.

The bags, which are made in France, are painstakingly hand-sewn by a highly skilled craftsperson who has undergone 5 years of training. It takes up to 18 hours for one person to make one ‘Birkin’ bag using the company’s signature saddle stitching which was introduced in the 1800s. The bag is then then painted and polished. The time it takes and the attention to detail, as well as the use of the very best quality of materials, is what gives the bags their price tag, but their style and rarity renders them the ultimate status symbol world-wide.

Originally known as the ‘sac à dépêches’ bag, created in the 1930s, the ‘Kelly’ gained its now eponymous name in 1957 when Hollywood actress Grace Kelly used her bag to cover up her growing baby bump. It was the featuring of this photograph on the front cover of magazines which prompted elegant and fashionable women from around the world to flock to Hermès asking for the ‘Kelly bag’, causing sales to fly. So intertwined was Kelly with the popularity ofthis design that Hermès eventually renamed it in 1977 and it was henceforth known as the ‘Kelly’ bag.

Among other lots that performed well was a yellow Hermès Birkin 35 (lot 26) which achieved £7,000 against a pre-sale estimate of £5,000 – £7,000 and a Birkin 35 in Rose Pourpre epsom leather (lot 18) which achieved £8,000 against a pre-sale estimate of £7,000 – £9,000.

Ben Gosling continues: “These diligently curated Designer Handbag and Fashion sales are a very exciting addition to our auction calendar, from not just a sustainability standpoint, but also allowing clients the opportunity to obtain rare (due to waiting lists at luxury retailers) and scarce (due to high demand), high-quality handbags. While we never advocate buying for investment, iconic bags in good condition will always resell well. At Elmwood’s we can guarantee authenticity, as well as a transparent end-to-end auction service, whether buying or selling. As the company progresses, we are continuing to innovate the auction industry, making it accessible to all, while bringing a little bit of luxury, in the form of jewellery, watches or designer handbags within reach. And with 0% selling fees across all categories, it’s never been easier.”

How To Design A Beautiful Venue For Your Wedding

Organizing a wedding is no small feat. With so much that needs planning and organizing, it can be hard to try to design the perfect venue for your special day. Every couple wants their wedding to reflect their style and personality, so designing a unique yet beautiful venue becomes essential! Luckily, with the right direction, you can ensure that all of your ideas come together beautifully on your wedding day. Read on as we explore how to create a stunning atmosphere for your nuptials — from picking out décor items and using calming color palettes to making sure the space flows well and is suitable for both indoor and outdoor plans!

Choose The Right Type of Venue

When it comes to deciding on the right type of venue for your wedding, indoors or outdoors, there are a few factors to consider. How many guests will you be accommodating? Will it be in an indoor setting like a hotel ballroom or outdoors like a garden? Convenience is just one aspect to take into account; make sure there is enough parking and easy transport links if you’re hosting indoors. If you want an outdoor wedding, then check if the area has any downsides such as lack of shade during hot days or if the ground gets quite muddy when wet. Be sure to also look into marquees, tents, and other temporary spaces in case unforeseen weather arises. Not only will these provide shelter, but they can be decorated with romantic lighting and foliage to create the perfect atmosphere, and the ease of hiring a marquee or tent is the perfect solution for couples who don’t have a lot of time on their hands. Just be sure to check with your local council as to what permissions you’ll need.

Choose A Theme

When you’re thinking of the perfect theme for your wedding, the options may be overwhelming. Consider if you want to evoke a classic, romantic, or modern atmosphere for your celebration. A timeless classic look brings elegance and sophistication with subtle hues, delicate textures, and traditional decor. If romance is what you’re looking for, dreamy fabrics with delicate details embody a timelessly romantic aura throughout the venue. On the other hand, consider giving your wedding a unique and modern twist with bold colors and creative decorating ideas that will impress all of your guests. Whatever direction you decide on, make sure it reflects your personality and style so that your wedding day can truly be one of a kind.

Select Floral Arrangements

When it comes to selecting floral arrangements for your wedding, think of seasonality. Use the bright and fragrant beauty of seasonal flowers to craft stunning bouquets and centerpieces that will be sure to bring life to your venue. Try to include a variety of colors in your floral arrangements by picking different hues and shades to create an eye-catching display. Select a few timeless blooms, like roses and lilies, but mix them with more rare blooms like peonies or ranunculus for an added touch of whimsy and charm. With careful planning, you can use seasonal flowers and colors to create an exquisite wedding venue all year round!

Find Perfect Lighting

Nothing sets the mood of your wedding quite like perfect lighting. To create an unforgettable atmosphere, consider utilizing natural light with big windows and glass doors, which can offer a beautiful backdrop when the sun streams through. For nighttime events, adding accent lighting like dimmed chandeliers will have a great transformative impact on any room. With just the right amount of special lighting, you’ll be able to ensure that all of your guests feel warm and welcome in your venue.

Consider Seating Arrangements

While choosing seating arrangements for the wedding venue, it is important to consider options that will not only make people feel comfortable but also create a unique atmosphere. Bench-style seating often provides a more intimate experience by bringing your guests together in one space instead of having them spread out farther apart in rows at regular banquet tables. A seated area composed of benches and low tables can give your wedding a cozy, conversational vibe while still giving guests enough room to move around. Also, consider investing in cushions or seat covers, which can provide additional comfort as well as add some flair to the overall look.

Incorporate Special Touches

An unforgettable wedding should include small touches that make the event memorable. Incorporate special touches like candles, accent lighting, and your favourite music to create a romantic atmosphere. Live music is always a popular choice at weddings, as it adds an elegant feel to the space. Another touching detail is creating personalized welcome signs featuring a special message or individuals’ names on them. Completing your wedding venue with careful details will bring you and your guests an extraordinary experience that will last long after your big day has ended.

Creating a unique and beautiful wedding venue doesn’t have to be difficult. With a little thoughtfulness and creativity, you can bring elements of color, texture, lighting, seating arrangements, flowers, music, and personalized touches together to craft the perfect atmosphere for your special day. Keep all of these tips in mind as you plan for your wedding, and you’ll be sure to create a venue that your guests will never forget. Best of luck!

Tips for Organising a Salon’s Appointments Better

Knowing the value of efficient salon appointment scheduling as a business owner with experience in the beauty industry. It’s a tough job that needs your whole focus and energy, but you can get it done if you have the correct resources and approach.

Dealing with Different Types of Appointments

In the beginning, I had a lot of trouble keeping track of all the different kinds of appointments I had to make. I immediately learned that in order to meet my clients’ varying requirements, I needed a clear booking structure. To address this, I set up an online booking system that allowed customers to more easily select the service they required.

Managing Cancellations and Rescheduling

Dealing with last-minute schedule changes was another obstacle. To deal with this, I established a cancellation policy that required clients to give me advance notice of cancellations so that I could rebook the time slot with another customer. This policy has been quite helpful in reducing the amount of money I lose due to cancellations at the last minute.

Streamlining Salon Appointments for Customers

I initially used Amelia when my site was on WordPress, but now I use Trafft to notify clients a day or two in advance of their booked appointment to help keep my salon running smoothly. My customers have appreciated the flexibility of being able to reschedule appointments with me online. In addition, I began providing discounts to my most loyal customers, which strengthened our relationship.

Appointment Organization for Busy Seasons

There is no industry more susceptible to the stresses of peak seasons and holidays than the beauty industry. Rather of letting the increased demand overwhelm me, I’ve learned to prepare ahead of time by increasing staff hours and capacity. I also make sure to have a backup plan in place in case someone has to cancel at the last minute.

Optimizing Appointment Scheduling for Staff

Having a clearly defined work plan was one of the most helpful tactics for optimizing appointment scheduling for my team. As it’s rude to keep people waiting, I never double-book or overbook appointments. In addition, I stress the importance of putting customers first and providing them with outstanding service to my team.

Strategies to Prevent No-Shows and Late Cancellations

I enforce a cancellation policy that calls for a deposit or pre-payment from clients in order to discourage no-shows and last-minute cancellations. This strategy has been quite helpful, and I have successfully eliminated all no-shows.

Ensuring Customer Satisfaction with Appointment Organization

Having happy customers is crucial, so I always welcome evaluations and comments from them. Insights gained from this feedback have allowed me to make adjustments that have resulted in a more satisfying experience for my clientele as a whole. I also keep tabs on consumer preferences and activity to better meet their individual requirements.

Monitoring and Analyzing Appointment Data

Finally, I periodically evaluate appointment data to gauge employee and client happiness. I am better able to spot problem areas and make data-driven decisions as a result of this analysis.


Appointment scheduling is a vital part of every thriving beauty service. Developing a booking system that serves the needs of both you and your customers may be accomplished with the help of the correct resources and methods. Keep in mind that measuring staff and client happiness requires putting them first, encouraging feedback and evaluations, and frequently analyzing appointment data. Make the most of your salon appointments and attract a steady stream of new clients by following these guidelines.

Best Caribbean Getaway 2023 – Antigua and Barbuda

Nestled on a lush tropical garden between a bird sanctuary and a three-quarter-mile beach on the undeveloped west coast of Antigua is Galley Bay Resort & Spa (Galley Bay Resort), an all-inclusive adults-only destination perfect for couples and newlyweds who are seeking a romantic escape. Recognised within the Leaders in Luxury Awards 2023, we explore why you and your significant other should book a getaway to this luxury resort.

Situated just 25 minutes from Antigua’s V.C Bird International Airport (ANU), 15 minutes from the capital of St John, and 35 minutes from Cedar Valley Golf Club, Galley Bay Resort & Spa couldn’t be in a better location. Vibrant sunsets, lush gardens, immaculate beach, sultry blue Caribbean Sea, and protected lagoon all make for the most enchanting of scenes for a romantic break. This tropical paradise has “perfected the art of amazing”, so whatever you’re in the mood for, it will exceed the dreamiest of expectations.

This award-winning resort is the definition of magical; it is the chance to drift away into a world of effortless living and relaxed luxury – made possible by a passionate team of perfectionists who are cherished for their authentic delivery of island hospitality. Whether it’s the pristine accommodation, the delectable culinary experience, the most indulgent of pampering sessions, or the exciting range of activities, Galley Bay Resort’s exemplary staff ensure the highest levels of service at all times.

House manager, Cedric Henry says, “We thrive on maintaining the atmosphere and reputation of being the ultimate home away from home. All of our guests are personally welcomed and treated as if they are family.”

The resort’s luxury refined accommodation certainly does feel like home away from home, from premium beachfront suites to secluded cottages with the idyllic lagoon on the doorstep, all of which are extremely inviting and spacious with next-level privacy and serenity, and exquisite interiors. Crafted using natural, local timbers and materials, the emphasis is on genteel elegance and calmness, with high-end linens and special touches for optimal comfort.

Galley Bay Resort also proudly maintains a number of eco-friendly, on-property initiatives, including a reverse osmosis water purification plant, the use of recycled paper products, and energy-efficient turtle-friendly lighting. To further reduce its carbon footprint, the resort has its own herb, fruit, and vegetable garden, and it is currently building its own aquaponics farm, in order to deliver the freshest ingredients right from the soil to each guest’s table – in the most eco-friendly way.

Cedric states, “Environment conservation is of the utmost importance to us as we continue to find ways for the property to be more self-sustainable.”

Galley Bay Resort’s executive chef oversees the artful crafting of specialty dishes across its three open-air restaurants, each of which has stunning azure ocean views. Guests can expect to choose from an array of mouth-watering dishes infused with the chef’s originality and expertise, whether Caribbean, continental, or a classic hamburger at the Barefoot Grill.

A refreshing drink is never far away, either, with four open-air lounges and bars serving handcrafted signature cocktails, premium wine or liquor, and alcohol-free beverages. During the day, guests can also relax in the coffee shop with comfortable wicker club chairs and an eclectic selection of books – A great space to enjoy some refreshments while getting lost in a good read or planning the day ahead.

These plans may involve sinking into a blissful spa experience at Indulge Spa, a haven set in the heart of the beautiful gardens on the edge of the lagoon. Carefully selected natural elements create a sense of balance and wellbeing, alongside the fresh air, gentle breeze, and sounds of nature, making this a space where one can completely unwind. Guests can relax the body, rejuvenate the mind, and refresh the soul with a bespoke programme of signature treatments and holistic rituals, whether facial therapies, body treatments, or massages – to leave them with a lifelong appreciation for the importance of taking time for themselves.

And when not soaking up the sun on a poolside chaise lounge or the beach, there is a range of activities to have a go at, whether exploring the resort by bicycle; enjoying a game on the tennis court; or immersing in a yoga session. For lovers of the ocean, there’s snorkelling, kayaking, Hobie Cat sailing, or stand-up paddle boarding while surrounded by breath-taking coastlines and crystal-clear waters. Then there are the evenings, where guests have the opportunity to embrace the tropical vibes of the Caribbean with island-inspired live music, including a delightful mix of steel drum rhythms, reggae beats, and more, alongside enriching activities and events.

There is a lot on offer at Galley Bay Resort, and that’s not all, being the most sensational of locations to get married, honeymoon, or spend anniversaries. The resort’s wedding coordinator can plan the picture-perfect day for the happy couple while making it as intimate, unique, or luxurious as they desire. Shimmering seascapes and verdant gardens make the most heavenly setting to say “I do” and create the most precious memories of a lifetime.

When the wedding night comes to an end, the magic doesn’t have to. Let it linger a while amid the charming beaches, mesmerising sunsets, private plunge pools, and celestial indulgences. Galley Bay Resort allows guests the freedom to design the honeymoon of their dreams, with packages available to truly bring the romance.

Last but certainly not least, for those who are looking to rekindle their love and celebrate their anniversary, or even to renew their vows, Galley Bay Resort can deliver all the special elements to create a memorable experience. From romantic strolls on the beach to cosy candlelit dinners, couples can take the time out from their busy lives to fully embrace the destination’s beauty and peacefulness – and each other.

For business enquiries, contact Tamiko Butler from Galley Bay Resort & Spa via email – [email protected] or on their website –

Rare Opal Tiara from Family of the Descendants of the French-American ‘Hero of Two Worlds’ Heads to Auction

Dreweatts is delighted to offer an extremely rare opal tiara from the family of the Late Jean Pierre François Joseph Pineton de Chambrun, Marquis de Chambrun, Marquis d’Amefreville (1903-2004) and his second wife Muriel, Marquise de Chambrun. Jean Pierre Pineton was the eldest son of French politician and diplomat Charles Louis Antoine Pierre Gilbert Pineton de Chambrun (1865-1954) and his American wife, Margaret Rives Nichols (1872-1949). Jean Pierre married his second wife Muriel in married in 1963 and they spent their 40-year marriage between France, the United States and the Algarve in Portugal.

The de Chambrun family has a prominent history as French politicians in the French Senate and French Chamber of Deputies and were direct descendants of Gilbert du Motier, Marquis de Lafayette (1757-1834), the French aristocrat and army officer who commanded American troops to victory in the American War of Independence. He was also a key figure in the French Revolution in 1789 and the July Revolution of 1830 and served in French parliament. Such was his impact that he was considered a national hero in both countries and gained the title of ‘Hero of Two Worlds’.

Jean Pierre and Muriel toured America lecturing about Lafayette and his role in the American Revolution and War of independence. Muriel also became a celebrated poetess and won several awards including Ohio Poet of the year in 1976 for her book of poems Sudden Spring and an award from Cincinnati University in 1970 for her first book Salisbury Cathedral. Jean Pierre and Muriel were fêted by American society and acknowledged by several American President’s including Ronald Reagan, Bill Clinton and George Bush Junior for their work in promoting Franco-American relations.

Although profoundly deaf, Jean Pierre had studied biochemistry at the Institut Pasteur, and art at the Horace Vernet school. As a member of at the Cercle de l’Union Artistique in France, Jean Pierre became an acclaimed painter and designer of jewellery, wrought iron and crystal for the renowned firm Baccarat. With his background in jewellery, it is thought that the tiara was most probably designed by him. The tiara is exceptionally rare as it is set with opals, hardly ever seen in period tiaras, due to the stone’s fragility and also as some believed that opals held a strange power, that could bring bad luck to its wearer. This superstition was picked up in the British press, however it was eventually dismissed after it was a firm favourite with Queen Victoria, who during her reign owned multiple pieces of jewellery set with opals, which were said to have been the favourite gemstone of her husband, Prince Albert.

“To have a period tiara set with opals is extremely rare, as the opal stone is so fragile, with their composition mainly consisting of water and silica gel”, says Deputy Chairman and International Head of Jewellery, Silver and Watches at Dreweatts. “Of the very few other tiaras set with opals, is the  Princess Marie of Denmark opal tiara, an exuberant Art Nouveau creation of large, towering opal set floral sprays. It has not been seen being worn in public since the wedding of King Harald V and Queen Sonja of Norway in 1968.”

The tiara in the sale is an exuberant piece of mid-20th century jewellery design. Opals are highly attractive stones due to their colour play, as they show all the colours of the rainbow. When rotated in light, one can see different flashes of colour, which are caused by the microscopic silica spheres in the stone. The most sought-after colours are red and green. Opals were traditionally found in Eastern Europe, in the Czech Republic and Slovakia. However, in the 1870s, they were discovered in Australia. Since then Australia has contributed to around 90% of the global output of precious opals. The best opals are found in Lightning Ridge, with others come from Queensland and New South Wales. A small percentage of stones also come from Ethiopia, America and Mexico, however these are not as commercially viable as the Australian examples.

“The opals found in this stunning tiara are of exceptional quality and we can therefore assume that these originated from Australia.” says James Nicholson. They are set into 18 carat gold scrolled framework, complimented by circular cabochon, circular cut and step cut ruby accents, as well as rose cut and old mine cut diamonds, adding an extra sparkle. Adding to the uniqueness of this particular tiara, it is intended to be worn more like an ‘alice band’ across the middle of the head, rather than at the front. This adds significant height to it, making it a fabulous statement piece. It is estimated to fetch of £12,000-£18,000 when it goes under the hammer in Dreweatts Fine Jewellery, Silver Watches and Object of Vertu sale on March 22, 2023.

10 Rules Every Watch Wearer Should Follow

Whether you’ve finally got your hands on the elusive timepiece you were lusting after or just attained your first ever luxury watch, there are certain rules to watch wearing that every man should stick to. The following rules can, however, fortunately be applied to watches that are expensive, inexpensive, formal and casual alike, being sure to prevent the possibility of faux-pas.

Our timepiece specialists from The Watch Exchange provide some concrete rules that will help watch wearers stay up to date on watch etiquette and reveal the top fashion tips for men to style their watch correctly with the rest of their desired look. So whichever your choice of wrist candy, you’ll be sure to subtly impress with your watch wearing knowledge.

Rules every watch wearer should follow:

1. The left or right dilemma

The oldest watch dilemma in history – which wrist should your watch be worn on? Tradition dictates that the correct wrist to wear your timepiece should be the non-dominant hand. Now, there is logic to this long-standing rule. Its purpose is to protect your watch against greater exposure to damage through being kept on the hand that is used for less tasks. That way, your timepiece should remain in pristine condition for a greater length of time. As many with luxury watches often attain this asset as an investment in addition to a fashion statement, it is ideal to do everything possible to safeguard the timepiece. However, it isn’t entirely unacceptable to wear your watch on the wrist that provides the most comfort.

2. Never mix wearing a dive watch with a suit

For formal events requiring suit attire, wearing a slim dress watch that fits easily under the suit sleeve is the rule to follow. Now that being said, there have been instances where this rule has been broken and in fact pulled off. But unless you are James Bond who must look suave yet also be ready to jump into a river at any given moment, it’s not a look for those who aren’t undercover spies unfortunately. For those sports lovers out there, sometimes it’s essential to leave the sports watch at home and save them for what they were built for – action.

3. Wear dark with dark, and light with light

This is a simple yet important rule that will help you on a day-to-day basis to make the correct chose of watch. All rule you need to memorize is, wear dark with dark, and light with light. By dark and light, the rule refers to the colour of the watch dial. Typically, daytime activities should be accompanied by a light watch face, such as white or cream. Likewise, at night the desired watch dial colour is dark, so a focus on black, brown, or grey is appropriate. Following this rule will make watch wearing simple and straightforward, ensuring you have the correct watch on your wrist for the right events suited for that time of day.


4. Limit how often you check your watch

This next rule relates largely to watch etiquette rather than style. For many men the watch may well be the only accessory they wear, so it’s natural to perhaps me guilty of over admiring it from time-to-time (pun intended) but beware not to admire it too much. Besides the possibility of looking flashy and wanting to show off your timepiece to those around you, there are also longstanding negative social implications of checking the time too often. You may be perceived as rude or impatient, so it may be wise to be conscious of how this may come across to those around you.


5. Admire other men’s watches respectfully

As stated previously, the combined fact that a watch may be the only piece of jewellery a man owns as well as potentially being a long-term investment, this item becomes extremely precious to its owner. For these reasons, it’s not the accepted thing to go up to another man’s wrist and begin handling his watch to express your admiration for his timepiece. The majority of watch wearers take great pride in keeping their watches dust free, fingerprint free and well-polished. So, if you see a watch that you would like to show your appreciation for, do so, but from a distance, meaning you can look but you mustn’t touch!


6. Don’t wear the oversized watch

The oversized watch era has now come and gone, and it’s safe to say we aren’t sad about it. It’s time to wave goodbye to this fashion crime, where the attention seeking bulky watch overshadowed the wrist and threw off the proportions of your entire outfit. Some popular fashion trends become icon, while others like the bulky watch we learn not to repeat again.


7. Select a watch that matches your personality

A watch is not simply an accessory of one’s style. It is also an extension of one’s identity, an image we construct based on the purchases we select. They are an indicator of one’s status, class, and personality. Your choice of watch being no exception to this rule. So, one of the most pleasant rules of watch wearing is to choose a watch that suits you and your personality. That is, if you are a luxury enthusiast, perhaps the Rolex may be the watch for you. Other common pairings between the watch and its wearer is the Patek Philippe lovers for the classy businessman/woman, the vintage Casio watch fanatic for those trendy rebels and the futuristic watch, such as the Hublot for those self-assured leader personality types. You’ll always look best in the watch that matches you just as well on the inside as well as outside, so choose carefully!

8. Tone down the bling (diamonds)

If you are a luxury watch wearer, then it may be unnecessary to opt for additional embellishments such as diamonds or jewels. The rule being to tone down the bling, as too much can overwhelm a look and have the opposite effect to the one desired – which in a gentleman’s case, is to subtly impress while avoiding fashion statements that scream attention. As such, wearing items such as diamond encrusted watches have no place in a gentleman’s wardrobe, as it will only appear as a display of flashiness and above all distract from the rest of your outfit by drawing all the attention to one point.

9. Switch up the watches you wear

Just as you have different clothes for different events or activities, this rule can also be extended to watches. The same watch will not be appropriate for the office, the gym, evening work dos or dinner dates. So even if you aren’t a watch fanatic, it may be wise to have at least a selection of 2-3 watches that you can tailor to different occasions. An additional advantage to watch swapping is that it allows you to give your most precious watch a rest, meaning it will most likely last longer and be kept in excellent condition.


10. Match you metals accordingly

Once you have chosen the appropriate watch for whatever occasion you find yourself in, it’s vital to not damage the overall look with mismatching your metals and colours. If your watch is silver for example, select other accessories to match, focusing on the colour of your belt buckles, shoe buckles, rings, collar bars or pins, and cufflinks. A nice watch will certainly make a statement, but refining the details of your overall look will ultimately decide if you know how to properly wear a timepiece.

4 Benefits of Using a Hot Tub

Hot tubs have become increasingly popular in recent years, with many homes now having one in their garden. As they have become more in demand, prices have fallen and it’s an affordable way for homeowners to enjoy the benefits of hydrotherapy. If you are thinking of investing in a hot tub this year, read on for a list of the main benefits.

Weight Loss

Lots of people are interested in losing weight but assume the best way to do this is by running or some other form of intensive cardio exercise. This will help, there is no doubt about it, but did you know that sitting in a hot tub for 30 minutes can also burn calories? Not as many as running, for sure, but it is the equivalent of a 30-minute walk, and arguably more fun.

Pain Relief

Back pain afflicts a large percentage of the population. A hot tub is a great way to ease back pain and other general aches and pains. Soaking in hot water helps to relieve tension in the muscles, which is often an underlying cause of joint aches and pain. Water’s natural buoyancy also takes the pressure off joints, which is especially helpful for people with back pain.

In addition, soaking in a hot tub from is ideal if you are feeling sore after a hard workout. Instead of suffering from DOMS, sit in a hot tub for 30 minutes and feel all your soreness melt away. It’s great if you are training for a marathon!

A Better Night’s Sleep?

Is insomnia your friend? Modern life is stressful, and a lot of people have trouble sleeping at night. Counting sheep might help some people, but if you are not one of them, you may find a session in a hot tub is just the ticket.

Try introducing a hot tub into your evening routine. A short dip in the hot water will help you relax and soothe any aches you have, which should make it easier to sleep. It’s similar to having a hot bath before bed, but since it can be a social activity, a hot tub session is better for couples and families.

Quality Time with Friends

Hot tubs are very much a social thing if you don’t mind getting your kit off with friends. Naturally, nobody is suggesting naked hot tub parties unless you know your friends very well, or would like to! However, it’s perfectly socially acceptable to hop into a hot tub while wearing a swimsuit or shorts and chat with friends.

Hot tub parties are all the rage in suburbia these days. Bring a selection of drinks outside and enjoy a glass of wine or beer with your mates. You can all take advantage of the health benefits of a hot tub while sharing gossip and banter. Doesn’t that sound like an awesome evening?

Hot tubs are a great investment and a potential selling point if you decide to put your house on the market in the future. Buy one this year and see how much fun they are.

Leaders in Luxury 2022

Hello and welcome to the Leaders in Luxury Awards 2022 issue of LUXlife!

The Leaders in Luxury Awards were launched by LUXlife Magazine to recognise the companies and individuals who are excelling within the ever-growing luxury product and services industry – those who illustrate specialist expertise and an innovative approach to remain at the forefront of their field.

This award is judged purely on merit by our in-house team with all potential winners assessed against multiple relevant criteria, including company performance over a given period of time with the individual at the helm, expertise and experience within the industry, sector or region, previous accolades won, and client testimonials or recommendations.

LUXlife Magazine is a premium lifestyle publication which focuses on a range of topics including; fashion, beauty, fine dining, travel, luxury real estate and much more. In addition to providing our readers with regular news and updates on all elements of luxury lifestyle, we also provide luxury firms with the perfect media platform to showcase their business to our readership comprised of high net worth individuals.

As such, we publish only the most cutting edge of products, services, attractions and events that will appeal to our audience and we are proud to announce the successful candidates in the 2022 Leaders in Luxury Awards.

Spring 2023

Hello and welcome to the Spring 2023 issue of LUXlife!

As we step into the season of new beginnings, there couldn’t be a better time to have a refresh, whether it’s new interiors for a tired-looking space, new jewels to add a sparkly twist to an outfit, a wellness retreat to rejuvenate the soul, a beer spa experience – yes, beer! – to unwind and relax, or a tropical vacation to take a break from the hustle and bustle of everyday life.

There is plenty going on in this issue to inspire you as we head towards the warmer months, and speaking of tropical destinations, taking centre stage is the award-winning Galley Bay Resort & Spa in Antigua, which offers the perfect escape in a dreamy beach location that is reserved for adult guests only. With a team of staff who are dedicated to showering every guest with opulence, you’ll be spoiled with divine accommodation; delectable food; incredibly blissful spa experiences; a vast range of fun activities; and more. Alongside this devotion to an optimal guest experience, Galley Bay Resort is also focused on playing its part in looking after the planet. This resort is certainly something to get excited about.

Now as we at LUXlife welcome spring with open arms, we wish you a joyous season, and look forward to welcoming you back for our summer issue.

Africa Is Suited to a Wide Range of Adventures: Which One Are You?

The African continent must be one of the most extraordinary locations on the planet. It is the second largest content behind Asia and spans about one-fifth of the total land surface of the Earth. As if its sheer size wasn’t impressive enough, this land is host to an enormous variety of natural beauty, wildlife, and incredible activities, suited to any and every type of adventurer out there. It’s no surprise that many travellers come from far and wide to experience its essence.

So which adventurer types are out there, and which African activities would best match their personalities? Go2Africa have broken down the different adventurer categories and created a range of different experiences for each type of traveller.

The Wildlife Enthusiast – Safari

This adventurer goes wherever the tracks in the trail leads them. Where there’s wildlife there’s always a reason for adventure! Not knowing which species of exotic bird you might spot that day or the potential to come across a powerful predator simply gets your heart racing. Fortunately, Africa won’t disappoint the wildlife enthusiast. Its range of habitats from jungles to forests to grasslands to desserts forms the home to a diverse selection of species, both diurnal and nocturnal.

These include mammals, reptiles, birds, and insects, with many only found in Africa. Because of its biodiversity, it is a popular location for animal researchers as well as those looking to tick a safari experience off their bucket list. Go2Africa experts have travelled the breadth and length of the continent and narrowed down Africa’s top wildlife experiences that you can witness first hand on safari. Whether you are dreaming of meeting the Big 5, getting up close and personal with a gorilla or beholding with your own eyes the great Serengeti wildebeest migration, Go2Africa have the magical wildlife adventure for you.

The Thrill Seeker – Victoria Falls, swim in devils pool 

This adventurer lives for the thrill, always chasing their next high. Whether that be base jumping off dangerous cliffs or scuba diving with great whites, the adrenaline junkie inside you is loving every second of those exhilarating experiences. You travel far and wide to seek out the ultimate adventures that will give you your next kick, and Africa is certain to deliver and exceed your expectations.

Excitement lurks in every corner, from dangerous animals to taking a dip in the Devil’s pool at the edge of Victoria Falls – one of the Earths seven natural wonders. This is one of the riskiest infinity pools one has ever swam in, with few daring to take the plunge. Those fearless enough leap into the pool will be pushed to the edge by the force of the river, with the rock lip bringing them to a halt as the raging waters of the Zambezi crash over the cliffs a few feet away.

The view from the edge is breath-taking, as you feel the force of the Zambezi flowing past you and crashing down over the precipice; a hundred-meter drop.

The Crazy Climber – Hike Table Mountain

This type of adventure seeker gets great satisfaction from journeying on foot – they specifically love the uphill battle, and the ultimate reward of the breath-taking view lies at the top of their trek. For them, the bottom of one mountain is the beginning of the next. The blood and sweat it takes to reach that end destination is something you revel in. The mental journey of reaching your end goal, not giving up, overcoming obstacles, and depending on only yourself is just as important as the actual crossing of the finish line itself.

For this particular adventurer, the infamous Table Mountain challenge awaits. Overlooking the city of Cape Town, South Africa, this mountain is not to be underestimated. To get to the summit, even the most experienced climber should expect a 3 hour journey to the top, and prepare to face and intense workout on the way up. That being said, the breath-taking view and feeling of self-fulfilment when this type of adventurer has conquered this giant is exactly the sought of activity they were searching for.

The Nature Lover – On Foot Nature Tours + Sunset

This individual gets their sense of adventure from the world around them. Inspired and awe-struck by its natural beauty, you long to visit some of the most beautiful locations on the planet to have your breath taken away. Stunning views over sheer cliff faces and pretty sunsets are what you live for. These moments make you feel connected to the planet and all things in it, no matter how big or small. There’s no doubt that an African walking safari is one of life’s most unforgettable adventures that would offer this individual the fully immersive experience with nature and wildlife they are searching for. Imagine birdsong-filled days spent following animal tracks as well as observing your environment’s smaller details – a dew-dazzled spider web, shy flowers and bumbling beetles. Go2Africa experts ensure a safe safari experience, with armed rangers and professional guides for your on-foot adventures.

The Water Baby – Rafting on the River Nile

This adventurer is fascinated by the underwater world and all things below its surface. Diving below it and experiencing life in a different way to that of your own is a truly magical sensation. Whether its surfing, swimming, snorkelling, or diving, the ocean offers a range of activities for the adventure water baby to enjoy. The sea can offer a diverse set of experiences – from excitement and thrill, to relaxation, or a place of wonder and discovery. Luckily, for those who love the ocean life, the African continent has them spoilt for choice, what with being bounded by the Mediterranean Sea, the Red Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Atlantic Ocean.

This adventurer also has a sturdy set of sea legs and loves a relaxing or exhilarating ride along the waters surface. Inland, the African continent has a multitude of famous rivers that are also just as perfectly suited to the water adventurer. The Nile in Junja, Uganda, is a northeast flowing river with some of the fastest-flowing rapids in the world, ideal for some extreme and adrenaline-pumping rafting. Hurtle down the rapids with a field of spray, being flung from side to side at the mercy of age-old currents, and cling on, heart in mouth, as the raft’s nose rides abruptly over a curling crest – and all this with only helmet and paddle for protection. If this isn’t the ultimate water adventure you were seeking, we’re not sure what is!

The Airborne Addict – The Skeleton Coast from the Sky

For this individual, the adventure is all about perspective. In their eyes, there’s only so much you can experience on the ground. In order to see the whole picture, it must be observed from a bird’s eye view. So, these adventurers take to the skies and gain an entirely unique panoramic view of their chosen destination. As such, the diverse landscapes and terrains Africa has to offer attract many from around the globe for that airborne experience.  

For this type of traveller, there’s nowhere on Earth quite like the Skeleton Coast in north-western Namibia: a ghostly stretch of deserted beach backed by wind-rippled dunes, the listing hulks of ancient whaling ships decaying forlornly in the sand and the sun-bleached bones of their prey semi-buried beside them. The best way to grasp the true scale of the landscape is undoubtedly 14,000 feet above sea level.

Grace Bay Resorts Celebrates 30 Years Of Timeless Luxury In Turks And Caicos

Luxury Developer and Operator of the Destination’s Finest Resorts, Including the Iconic Grace Bay Club, Unveils Year of Celebrations on the World’s Most Beautiful Beach

Grace Bay Resorts, the boutique developer and operator of the finest luxury resorts and branded residences in Turks and Caicos, today unveils an array of exceptional new guest experiences and luxuries to toast its 30-year anniversary. From new culinary partnerships to celebrations that bring together the destination’s most sought-after activities, Grace Bay Resorts is once again setting the bar higher than ever for this milestone year. Not-to-be-missed moments and new handcrafted experiences are waiting to be discovered throughout the brand’s portfolio of luxury resorts and private villas, including the iconic Grace Bay Club, the award-winning flagship property and the island’s first all-oceanfront-suite luxury resort, and the upcoming South Bank Resort and Marina set to open early 2024 with expansive villas fronting and the first five and a half acre manmade lagoon open to the sea in Turks and Caicos.

“This is a very special year for Grace Bay Resorts as we celebrate the one-year anniversary of Rock House, the unveiling of exciting new properties and expansions of our existing resort and private villa portfolio,” said Nikheel Advani, COO and Principal, Grace Bay Resorts. “We’re incredibly proud to be one of the fastest-growing independent luxury developers, owner, and operators in the Caribbean – a privilege we humbly owe to our residents, loyal guests, travel partners, and team members who have embraced our culture and vision in delivering exceptional handmade guest experiences. We look forward to honoring this coveted milestone throughout the year with unique bespoke celebrations and thoughtful moments to cherish for a lifetime.”

From exquisite culinary showcases to epic yacht parties and beyond, Grace Bay Resorts invites guests to celebrate 30 years of sun-soaked glamour in Turks and Caicos.

The Diamond of Turks and Caicos

In celebration of the brand’s 30th anniversary, an over-the-top Diamond Anniversary Package welcomes guests on an unparalleled journey to experience the very best of Grace Bay Resorts. The experience includes:

  • Private jet transfer for up to six passengers from US direct flight destinations (restrictions apply)
  • Four-night accommodations in a Private Villa Collection home on Grace Bay Beach with butler service
  • Half-day private yacht trip to an uninhabited island, complete with curated culinary offerings
  • Selection of private in-Villa experiences, including custom rum-blending and private chef dinners
  • Price starts at $130,000 (price dependent on departure destination and customized experiences)

Package is subject to availability and blackout dates apply.

Ultimate Yacht Party

What’s a birthday without a party? In honor of the brand’s 30-year celebrations, guests can embark on an exclusive yacht party curated by Grace Bay Resorts that includes:

  • Private luxury yacht with dedicated crew
  • Grace Bay Resorts butler service on yacht
  • Personal styling at COCO Boutique prior to departure for seaworthy glam
  • 30-course omakase sushi menu and champagne pairing served on yacht
  • DJ on board
  • Custom on board amenities
  • Price starts at $30,000 for eight-hour experience for up to 18 guests

Exclusive Culinary Experiences – All Year Long With the island’s top-rated dining destinations in its portfolio, Grace Bay Resorts is ringing in 30 with a dedicated culinary lineup worth traveling for.

The fêtes begin in June 2023 at Grace Bay Club’s oceanfront Infiniti Restaurant & Raw Bar with a pop-up featuring award-winning Texas sushi institution Uchi, helmed by James Beard Award-winning chef and one of the few American sushi masters, Chef Tyson Cole. From June 7-10, guests will enjoy exclusive access to a custom menu curated by the talented team at Uchi, featuring signature tastings, sushi and seasonal omakase. Topped only by the exceptional views of the destination’s famous turquoise waters, the premium non-traditional Japanese menu will be served at the Caribbean’s longest bar, stretching 90 feet toward the crystal blue waters of the Atlantic Ocean. Uchi will return for a second takeover at Infiniti from December 6-9, during which time an ultra-exclusive 10-course omakase dinner will be held at one of the brand’s lavish Private Villa Collection residences.

In October 2023, Grace Bay Resorts invites guests to attend its most over-the-top Caribbean Food & Wine Festival to date honoring 30 years of culinary excellence on the world’s most beautiful beach. A series of exclusive ticketed events will unfold throughout four days, including an extravagant 30th Anniversary Wine Dinner where guests will taste rare 1993 wines paired with premium 30-day aged meats. This year’s Caribbean Food & Wine Festival will be held October 13 – 16, 2023. For more information or for tickets, please visit

Finally, the brand’s own proprietary blend of Caribbean rum will take center stage with tastings of 30-year varieties paired with decadent morsels to complement their flavor profiles. The specialty rum flights are available all year long at Infiniti Bar for $193 in honor of the brand’s 1993 inception.

Grace Bay Gives Back

In partnership with Turks & Caicos Reef Fund (TCRF), Grace Bay Resorts is supporting a new coral installation in Coral Gardens, a snorkel site located within a protected reserve that is home to some of the island’s most diverse marine life. Beginning in 2023, guests can embark on eco-expeditions to the site while learning about coral ecology and protecting the third-largest reef in the world and one of the healthiest reef systems in the Caribbean.

For those who prefer to participate in ocean preservation by land, guests can order the new GB30 cocktail available throughout Grace Bay Resorts properties in 2023. 30 percent of proceeds from the cocktail will benefit TCRF, whose mission is to protect marine biodiversity in the Turks and Caicos Islands.

For more information about Grace Bay Resorts or to make a reservation for the 30th anniversary year celebrations, please visit

How To Build A Beauty Salon Booking Form

Finally, you have achieved your dream of opening a Salon. But this is only halfway through. Now you need to focus on brand awareness and get some clients for the initial batch to create a portfolio. And for that, you need a booking form.

A beauty salon booking form is an essential tool for any salon that wants to streamline its booking process and provide a better customer experience. 

Fortunately, you don’t need to be a web developer or have a large budget to create a booking form for your beauty salon. There are several free tools and platforms available that allow you to create a professional-looking booking form quickly and easily. 

In this article, we will guide you through the process of building a beauty salon booking form for free, including the essential fields to include and tips for optimizing your form for maximum effectiveness.

But before that…

Why Are Booking Forms So Important?

Pricing forms are an important tool for businesses looking to improve their sales, customer experience, and overall profitability. By providing clear, transparent pricing information, businesses can build trust with their customers and create a more positive relationship that can lead to repeat business and referrals.

Pricing forms are important for businesses for several reasons:

Better Understanding Of Customer Needs

Pricing forms allow businesses to better understand their customers’ needs by asking questions about their preferences, budget, and other relevant information. This information can then be used to tailor the products or services offered to meet the customer’s needs and budget.

Increased Sales

Pricing forms help businesses increase sales by allowing customers to make informed decisions about what they want to purchase. By providing a clear breakdown of the costs and services included, businesses can eliminate any confusion or ambiguity about the pricing and help customers feel more confident in their decision to make a purchase.

More Accurate Cost Estimation

Pricing forms can help businesses provide more accurate cost estimates for their products or services. By asking for specific information about the customer’s needs, businesses can create a more precise quote or estimate tailored to the individual customer.

Improved Customer Experience

Pricing forms can help businesses improve the customer experience by making the pricing and payment process more transparent and user-friendly. Customers appreciate being able to see the costs upfront and understand exactly what they are paying for, which can help build trust and loyalty with the business.

What’s In The Beauty Salon Booking Form Template?

The contents of a beauty salon booking form template may vary depending on the specific needs of the salon and the services offered, but typically, it will include some or all of the following fields:

The contents of a beauty salon booking form template may vary depending on the specific needs of the salon and the services offered, but typically, it will include some or all of the following fields:

  • Customer information: Name, address, phone number, email address, and any other relevant information.
  • Service information: The type of service the customer is booking, such as a haircut, manicure, pedicure, facial, or massage.
  • Date and time: The date and time the customer wants to book their appointment.
  • Duration: The length of time the service is expected to take.
  • Service provider: The name of the service provider, if applicable.
  • Additional services: Any additional services or treatments the customer may want to add to their booking.
  • Payment information: Payment details, such as payment method, credit card number, and expiration date.
  • Cancellation policy: Information about the salon’s cancellation policy, including any fees that may apply if the customer cancels their appointment.
  • Terms and conditions: Information about the salon’s terms and conditions, including any rules or regulations that customers should be aware of.
  • Confirmation: A confirmation message that lets the customer know their appointment has been successfully booked and any other relevant information.

How To Build A Beauty Salon Booking Form?

There are a number of free tools available that can help you build a beauty salon booking form. Here are some steps you can follow to create a booking form for your beauty salon:

  • Choose a platform: There are several online form builders available that offer free plans, such as Google Forms, Wufoo, and JotForm. Choose one that meets your needs and create an account.
  • Determine what information you need: Consider the information you need from customers when booking an appointment. This may include their name, contact information, the type of service they want, the date and time they want to come in, and any other relevant details.
  • Create your form: Use the form builder to create your beauty salon booking form. Most form builders offer drag-and-drop interfaces, making it easy to add and arrange fields.
  • Customize the design: You can usually customize the design of your form to match your brand. Choose colors and fonts that represent your salon.
  • Add form fields: Add the fields you need for your forms, such as name, email, phone number, service type, date, and time. You can also add dropdown menus, checkboxes, and other fields.
  • Set up notifications: Most form builders allow you to set up notifications when someone submits a form. This can be an email to your salon email address or a text message to your phone.
  • Publish your form: Once you’re happy with it, publish the form so that your customers can find and communicate with you easily.

However, if you don’t want to create your own booking form and just want to go with the ones currently popular in the market, we have created a list below.

Top Salon Booking Form Plugin

There are many salon booking form plugins available for WordPress websites, but some of the top options include the following:


Bookly is a popular and highly-rated booking plugin that offers an intuitive and user-friendly interface. It features customizable forms, appointment scheduling, payment processing, and various other useful features.


Amelia is another popular booking plugin that offers a range of features, including appointment scheduling, online payments, email and SMS notifications, and more. It also includes a mobile app for managing appointments on the go.

BirchPress Scheduler

BirchPress Scheduler is a flexible and customizable booking plugin that allows you to create custom booking forms, set up appointment scheduling, and integrate with payment gateways. It also includes features for managing staff schedules and availability.


WPForms is a versatile form builder plugin that includes various features for creating custom booking forms. It offers integrations with payment gateways, email marketing tools, and more, and it also includes a drag-and-drop form builder for easy customization.


Booki is a simple yet powerful booking plugin that allows you to create custom forms, set up appointment scheduling, and integrate with payment gateways. It also includes a range of customization options and features for managing bookings and appointments.

Ultimately, the best salon booking form plugin will depend on your specific needs and preferences, so be sure to compare features and read reviews before deciding.

Allow Customers To Preview The Responses!

Allowing customers to preview their responses can be a useful feature to include in a beauty salon booking form. This can help customers verify that the information they have entered is correct and make any necessary changes before submitting the form.

To include a preview feature in your booking form, you can use a form builder that offers this option, such as JotForm or Wufoo. Here’s how you can set it up:

  • Add A Preview Button: Add a preview button to the form, typically at the bottom of the form, that allows customers to preview their responses before submitting the form.
  • Show Preview In A New Window: When the customer clicks the preview button, the form can be set up to open a new window that shows a summary of the information they have entered, allowing them to review and edit their responses.
  • Edit Responses: Include an edit button on the preview page that allows customers to edit their responses before submitting the form. This can be particularly useful if the customer has made a mistake or wants to change something before finalizing their booking.
  • Submit Form: Once the customer is satisfied with their responses, they can submit the form.

By allowing customers to preview their responses, you can help reduce errors and ensure the information you receive is accurate. It can also help improve the overall customer experience, as customers will appreciate being able to double-check their information before submitting the form.

Create A Booking For Your Beauty Salon!

Creating a booking form for your beauty salon can help streamline the booking process, reduce errors, and improve the overall customer experience. 

When designing your booking form, it’s important to include all relevant fields, such as customer information, service information, date and time, payment information, cancellation policy, and confirmation message. You may also want to consider including a preview feature that allows customers to review and edit their responses before submitting the form. 

Creating a user-friendly and efficient booking process can help attract and retain customers, increase sales, and build a positive reputation for your beauty salon.

Guide to Luxury Safari Trips to Uganda

Thanks to the country’s location at the meeting point of the eastern savannah and western jungle ecosystems, Uganda offers excellent terrain for safari adventures, from the classic game drives through grasslands in search of lions or elephants to trekking through lush rainforest to see mountain gorillas. 

But to guarantee an incredible safari experience, make sure you come prepared. Below, check out our guide to luxury safari trips to Uganda.

What is a Luxury Safari Vacation?

A luxury safari vacation is something to experience at least once, especially if you love wildlife. Unlike traditional safaris that can be cumbersome, requiring you to juggle permits, book tours and accommodations, and face other uncertainties, luxury safaris will take all the work out of planning your trip, allowing you to enjoy a memorable holiday experience, customised according to your needs and interests.

With luxury safaris, you can take the trip at your own pace. You will not have to adhere to pre-set tour schedules. In addition, you can change itineraries quickly or adjust them according to your preferences, weather conditions, and other factors. For instance, if you find it too hot to go on a game drive, you can schedule move the safari for another time. 

The best part about a luxury safari is you will stay in some of Uganda’s most luxurious accommodations equipped with luxury amenities like an infinity pool, where you can enjoy a relaxing dip after a game drive. Confidentiality and discretion are paramount, and your privacy, location, and other details about your trip will be kept private. There will be concierge services and a personal butler attending to your every whim.

When is the Best Time to Go on Safari in Uganda?

The best time to go to Uganda for a luxury safari is between the two dry seasons, December to February and June to August. These are the best times for trekking to see chimpanzees and mountain gorillas. The best time for game viewing in the savannah parks of Uganda is at the end of the dry seasons, between February and March and September to mid-October, when wildlife gathers around water sources.

What to Expect from a Safari in Uganda? 

Uganda is the best destination to experience an authentic African safari adventure. On your safari in Uganda, you can expect a mix of adventures, and gorilla trekking often tops the list. Because of this, you can expect to find many companies offering amazing gorilla trekking safaris in Uganda, suitable for those seeking a unique break.

A luxury safari trip to Uganda can include mountain gorilla trekking in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park or Mgahinga National Park, two of the most popular places to see mountain gorillas up close. Your adventure may also include walking with chimpanzees living in the rainforest of Kibale. After your gorilla trekking adventure in Uganda, you can go for a private game viewing drive in one of the areas four safari parks.

Gorilla trekking is the most popular safari activity in Uganda, where you will trek to remote safari jungles to search for great apes, including the famous chimpanzees and mountain gorillas. Uganda’s rainforests are home to 20 primate species, with Kibale Forest National Park having the highest density of primates.

The most incredible primates you can encounter on your luxury safari adventure in Uganda are the mountain gorillas, which dwell in two regions in the country’s southwestern area. Expect a ten-hour drive from the city centre to reach the starting point of your trek. You will then trek for an unspecified time through steep terrains and lush jungles to reach the area where the gorilla family forages. Sure, it can be tiring. However, the rewards of walking beside a giant mountain gorilla in the middle of a lush jungle can make it all worth it.

Chimpanzee trekking is much easier than mountain gorilla trekking. During this trek, you’ll visit the dwelling place of habituated chimpanzees in navigable terrain in the forest of Kibale. Local experts will guide you through the rainforest and allow you to mingle with the primates for up to an hour.

What to Pack for a Luxury Safari in Uganda

Depending on what you wish to do on your luxury safari trip to Uganda, part of the preparation involves planning what to pack. But it’s worth noting that since every trip differs, you may need to pack extra stuff depending on your activities.

Since Uganda is generally warm and sunny all year round, light clothing should be sufficient for most of your trip. Long sleeve shirts or tops and pants are most suitable, especially for mornings and evenings when bugs and mosquitoes are present. Otherwise, any warm clothing should be fine.

Pack a pair of comfortable hiking shoes since you will be hiking for most activities, such as gorilla trekking. Choose low-cut hiking shoes that can withstand long hikes. If you are buying a new pair, slowly “break it in,” so when you finally wear it for your safari, you will feel comfortable during your safari.

Don’t forget to pack sun protection. Remember, Uganda lies around the equator, so you must bring something to protect you from the scorching sun. A wide-brimmed hat, sunscreen, and sunglasses will also come in handy.

What Wildlife Can You See in Uganda?

Mountain gorillas and chimpanzees are the animals you’ll encounter on your luxury safari trip to Uganda, especially if you go for gorilla trekking. In the Kibale Forest National Park, you could come across different species of primates jumping through its forest canopies, such as the red-tailed monkey, blue monkeys, and black-and-white colobus.

While Uganda may not be famous for game drives in Africa, it has impressive wildlife within its safari parks. On a typical safari game drive, you can expect to spot buffalos, herds of elephants, different species of antelopes, zebras, giraffes, lions, and leopards. 

A boat ride on Kazinga Channel will likely include encounters with pods of hippos along the shallow riverbanks, hundreds of waterbirds, and humongous crocodiles.